From a145482cf625d5f04072fd1d20b5c2062cbe8e47 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dd Date: Sun, 15 Jul 2001 07:53:42 +0000 Subject: Remove whitespace at EOL. --- bin/chio/chio.1 | 2 +- bin/chmod/chmod.1 | 34 +++---- bin/cp/cp.1 | 18 ++-- bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.1 | 14 +-- bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.2 | 26 +++--- bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.3 | 4 +- bin/date/date.1 | 6 +- bin/domainname/domainname.1 | 2 +- bin/ed/ed.1 | 14 +-- bin/expr/expr.1 | 28 +++--- bin/hostname/hostname.1 | 2 +- bin/ln/ln.1 | 4 +- bin/ln/symlink.7 | 6 +- bin/ls/ls.1 | 6 +- bin/mv/mv.1 | 2 +- bin/pax/pax.1 | 78 ++++++++-------- bin/rm/rm.1 | 10 +- bin/sh/bltin/echo.1 | 2 +- bin/test/test.1 | 12 +-- games/atc/atc.6 | 94 +++++++++---------- games/battlestar/battlestar.6 | 8 +- games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6 | 8 +- games/factor/factor.6 | 4 +- games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6 | 4 +- games/fortune/strfile/strfile.8 | 2 +- games/morse/morse.6 | 2 +- games/phantasia/phantasia.6 | 14 +-- games/piano/piano.6 | 2 +- games/pom/pom.6 | 2 +- games/sail/sail.6 | 62 ++++++------- games/wump/wump.6 | 2 +- lib/libc/compat-43/gethostid.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/compat-43/setruid.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/compat-43/sigsetmask.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.2 | 18 ++-- lib/libc/gen/exec.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/gen/glob.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3 | 6 +- lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3 | 6 +- lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3 | 6 +- lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3 | 10 +- lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3 | 6 +- lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3 | 8 +- lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/gmon/moncontrol.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ioperm.2 | 6 +- lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_set_watch.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_vm86.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/locale/euc.4 | 20 ++-- lib/libc/locale/euc.5 | 20 ++-- lib/libc/locale/isalnum.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/locale/isalpha.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/locale/isascii.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/locale/mbrune.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/locale/multibyte.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/locale/rune.3 | 10 +- lib/libc/locale/setlocale.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/locale/toupper.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/net/addr2ascii.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/net/byteorder.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/net/ethers.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/net/gethostbyname.3 | 10 +- lib/libc/net/getnetent.3 | 10 +- lib/libc/net/getprotoent.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/net/getservent.3 | 8 +- lib/libc/net/inet.3 | 6 +- lib/libc/net/inet6_option_space.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/net/iso_addr.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/net/ns.3 | 6 +- lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3 | 10 +- lib/libc/net/rcmd.3 | 10 +- lib/libc/net/resolver.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/nls/catclose.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/nls/catgets.3 | 10 +- lib/libc/nls/catopen.3 | 22 ++--- lib/libc/posix1e/acl.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/acl_delete.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/acl_from_text.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/posix1e/acl_get.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/posix1e/acl_set.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/posix1e/acl_to_text.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/acl_valid.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/posix1e/cap.3 | 10 +- lib/libc/posix1e/cap_clear.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/cap_dup.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/cap_free.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_flag.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_proc.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/cap_init.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_flag.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_proc.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/cap_to_text.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/posix1e/posix1e.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/regex/re_format.7 | 4 +- lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/rpc/getrpcent.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_auth.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_calls.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/stdio/fgets.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/stdio/fseek.3 | 12 +-- lib/libc/stdio/funopen.3 | 10 +- lib/libc/stdio/getc.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3 | 16 ++-- lib/libc/stdio/remove.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/stdio/setbuf.3 | 6 +- lib/libc/stdio/stdio.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/stdio/tmpnam.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 | 12 +-- lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 | 16 ++-- lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 | 8 +- lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/stdlib/system.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 | 4 +- lib/libc/stdtime/ctime.3 | 10 +- lib/libc/stdtime/strptime.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/string/bcmp.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/string/bcopy.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/string/bzero.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/string/index.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/string/rindex.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/string/strlcpy.3 | 2 +- lib/libc/string/strtok.3 | 8 +- lib/libc/sys/_exit.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/access.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/acct.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/adjtime.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/aio_error.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/aio_read.2 | 6 +- lib/libc/sys/aio_return.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/aio_suspend.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/aio_write.2 | 10 +- lib/libc/sys/bind.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/brk.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/chdir.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/chmod.2 | 6 +- lib/libc/sys/chown.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/chroot.2 | 12 +-- lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/close.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/connect.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/dup.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/execve.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/fcntl.2 | 18 ++-- lib/libc/sys/flock.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/getgid.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/getgroups.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2 | 8 +- lib/libc/sys/getpeername.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/getpgrp.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/getpid.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/getpriority.2 | 6 +- lib/libc/sys/getrlimit.2 | 8 +- lib/libc/sys/getrusage.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2 | 12 +-- lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/getuid.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/intro.2 | 34 +++---- lib/libc/sys/ioctl.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/jail.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/kill.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/kldfind.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/kldfirstmod.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/kldload.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/kldnext.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/kldstat.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 | 52 +++++------ lib/libc/sys/ktrace.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/link.2 | 6 +- lib/libc/sys/listen.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/lseek.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/madvise.2 | 14 +-- lib/libc/sys/minherit.2 | 6 +- lib/libc/sys/mkdir.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/mkfifo.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/mmap.2 | 26 +++--- lib/libc/sys/modfind.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/mount.2 | 8 +- lib/libc/sys/mprotect.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/msync.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2 | 14 +-- lib/libc/sys/nfssvc.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/open.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/pipe.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2 | 6 +- lib/libc/sys/read.2 | 14 +-- lib/libc/sys/recv.2 | 8 +- lib/libc/sys/rename.2 | 10 +- lib/libc/sys/rfork.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/rtprio.2 | 14 +-- lib/libc/sys/sched_get_priority_max.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/sched_setparam.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/sched_setscheduler.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/sched_yield.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/select.2 | 10 +- lib/libc/sys/semctl.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/semop.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/send.2 | 10 +- lib/libc/sys/setgroups.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/setpgid.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/setreuid.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/setuid.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/shmat.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/shmget.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2 | 36 ++++---- lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/sigpending.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/sigreturn.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/sigstack.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/sigwait.2 | 6 +- lib/libc/sys/socket.2 | 6 +- lib/libc/sys/stat.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/swapon.2 | 6 +- lib/libc/sys/sync.2 | 4 +- lib/libc/sys/umask.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/utimes.2 | 10 +- lib/libc/sys/vfork.2 | 2 +- lib/libc/sys/wait.2 | 8 +- lib/libc/sys/write.2 | 12 +-- lib/libc_r/man/pthread_attr.3 | 8 +- lib/libc_r/man/pthread_condattr.3 | 6 +- lib/libc_r/man/pthread_detach.3 | 2 +- lib/libc_r/man/pthread_exit.3 | 2 +- lib/libc_r/man/pthread_kill.3 | 6 +- lib/libc_r/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 | 6 +- lib/libc_r/man/pthread_once.3 | 2 +- lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 | 2 +- lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 | 2 +- lib/libc_r/man/pthread_schedparam.3 | 6 +- lib/libc_r/man/pthread_sigmask.3 | 6 +- lib/libc_r/man/sem_destroy.3 | 6 +- lib/libc_r/man/sem_getvalue.3 | 6 +- lib/libc_r/man/sem_init.3 | 6 +- lib/libc_r/man/sem_open.3 | 10 +- lib/libc_r/man/sem_post.3 | 6 +- lib/libc_r/man/sem_wait.3 | 8 +- lib/libc_r/man/sigwait.3 | 6 +- lib/libcalendar/calendar.3 | 6 +- lib/libcam/cam.3 | 12 +-- lib/libcam/cam_cdbparse.3 | 8 +- lib/libcompat/4.1/cftime.3 | 14 +-- lib/libcompat/4.1/ftime.3 | 4 +- lib/libcompat/4.1/getpw.3 | 2 +- lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.3 | 4 +- lib/libcompat/4.3/insque.3 | 8 +- lib/libcompat/4.3/lsearch.3 | 2 +- lib/libcompat/4.3/re_comp.3 | 10 +- lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3 | 10 +- lib/libcompat/4.4/cuserid.3 | 10 +- lib/libcrypt/crypt.3 | 2 +- lib/libdevinfo/devinfo.3 | 4 +- lib/libdevstat/devstat.3 | 42 ++++----- lib/libdisk/libdisk.3 | 4 +- lib/libedit/editline.3 | 16 ++-- lib/libedit/editrc.5 | 6 +- lib/libfetch/fetch.3 | 38 ++++---- lib/libftpio/ftpio.3 | 2 +- lib/libipsec/ipsec_set_policy.3 | 2 +- lib/libipx/ipx.3 | 6 +- lib/libkvm/kvm_geterr.3 | 4 +- lib/libkvm/kvm_getprocs.3 | 20 ++-- lib/libkvm/kvm_getswapinfo.3 | 4 +- lib/libkvm/kvm_open.3 | 20 ++-- lib/libkvm/kvm_read.3 | 6 +- lib/libm/common_source/acos.3 | 2 +- lib/libm/common_source/acosh.3 | 2 +- lib/libm/common_source/asinh.3 | 2 +- lib/libm/common_source/atan2.3 | 2 +- lib/libm/common_source/cos.3 | 2 +- lib/libm/common_source/cosh.3 | 2 +- lib/libm/common_source/erf.3 | 2 +- lib/libm/common_source/exp.3 | 8 +- lib/libm/common_source/ieee.3 | 32 +++---- lib/libm/common_source/infnan.3 | 10 +- lib/libm/common_source/j0.3 | 2 +- lib/libm/common_source/lgamma.3 | 2 +- lib/libm/common_source/math.3 | 2 +- lib/libm/common_source/sinh.3 | 2 +- lib/libmd/mdX.3 | 10 +- lib/libmd/ripemd.3 | 8 +- lib/libmd/sha.3 | 8 +- lib/libnetgraph/netgraph.3 | 4 +- lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr.3 | 8 +- lib/libpthread/man/pthread_condattr.3 | 6 +- lib/libpthread/man/pthread_detach.3 | 2 +- lib/libpthread/man/pthread_exit.3 | 2 +- lib/libpthread/man/pthread_kill.3 | 6 +- lib/libpthread/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 | 6 +- lib/libpthread/man/pthread_once.3 | 2 +- lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 | 2 +- lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 | 2 +- lib/libpthread/man/pthread_schedparam.3 | 6 +- lib/libpthread/man/pthread_sigmask.3 | 6 +- lib/libpthread/man/sem_destroy.3 | 6 +- lib/libpthread/man/sem_getvalue.3 | 6 +- lib/libpthread/man/sem_init.3 | 6 +- lib/libpthread/man/sem_open.3 | 10 +- lib/libpthread/man/sem_post.3 | 6 +- lib/libpthread/man/sem_wait.3 | 8 +- lib/libpthread/man/sigwait.3 | 6 +- lib/libstand/libstand.3 | 50 +++++----- lib/libtacplus/libtacplus.3 | 6 +- lib/libutil/auth.3 | 8 +- lib/libutil/login.3 | 8 +- lib/libutil/login.conf.5 | 2 +- lib/libutil/login_auth.3 | 6 +- lib/libutil/login_cap.3 | 16 ++-- lib/libutil/login_ok.3 | 20 ++-- lib/libutil/login_times.3 | 2 +- lib/libutil/login_tty.3 | 8 +- lib/libutil/logout.3 | 8 +- lib/libutil/logwtmp.3 | 8 +- lib/libutil/property.3 | 12 +-- lib/libutil/pty.3 | 10 +- lib/libutil/uucplock.3 | 10 +- lib/libvgl/vgl.3 | 118 ++++++++++++------------ lib/libz/zlib.3 | 2 +- lib/msun/man/acos.3 | 2 +- lib/msun/man/acosh.3 | 6 +- lib/msun/man/asin.3 | 6 +- lib/msun/man/asinh.3 | 6 +- lib/msun/man/atan.3 | 2 +- lib/msun/man/atan2.3 | 2 +- lib/msun/man/atanh.3 | 4 +- lib/msun/man/cos.3 | 4 +- lib/msun/man/cosh.3 | 4 +- lib/msun/man/erf.3 | 6 +- lib/msun/man/exp.3 | 16 ++-- lib/msun/man/floor.3 | 2 +- lib/msun/man/ieee.3 | 28 +++--- lib/msun/man/ieee_test.3 | 24 ++--- lib/msun/man/j0.3 | 2 +- lib/msun/man/lgamma.3 | 2 +- lib/msun/man/math.3 | 6 +- lib/msun/man/rint.3 | 2 +- lib/msun/man/sinh.3 | 2 +- lib/msun/man/tanh.3 | 2 +- libexec/bootpd/bootpd.8 | 4 +- libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8 | 4 +- libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 | 20 ++-- libexec/getNAME/getNAME.1 | 4 +- libexec/getty/getty.8 | 2 +- libexec/getty/ttys.5 | 2 +- libexec/pppoed/pppoed.8 | 4 +- libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8 | 12 +-- libexec/rlogind/rlogind.8 | 10 +- libexec/rpc.rquotad/rpc.rquotad.8 | 8 +- libexec/rpc.rstatd/rpc.rstatd.8 | 6 +- libexec/rpc.rusersd/rpc.rusersd.8 | 4 +- libexec/rpc.rwalld/rpc.rwalld.8 | 10 +- libexec/rpc.sprayd/rpc.sprayd.8 | 6 +- libexec/rshd/rshd.8 | 14 +-- libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8 | 10 +- libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8 | 14 +-- libexec/xtend/xtend.8 | 2 +- sbin/atm/atm/atm.8 | 2 +- sbin/badsect/badsect.8 | 8 +- sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.5 | 8 +- sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.8 | 66 ++++++------- sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8 | 12 +-- sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.8 | 8 +- sbin/cxconfig/cxconfig.8 | 18 ++-- sbin/disklabel/disklabel.5 | 8 +- sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8 | 66 ++++++------- sbin/dump/dump.8 | 2 +- sbin/dumpon/dumpon.8 | 12 +-- sbin/fdisk/fdisk.8 | 2 +- sbin/fdisk_pc98/fdisk.8 | 4 +- sbin/ffsinfo/ffsinfo.8 | 10 +- sbin/fsck/fsck.8 | 10 +- sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8 | 22 ++--- sbin/fsck_ifs/fsck_ifs.8 | 24 ++--- sbin/fsdb/fsdb.8 | 16 ++-- sbin/growfs/growfs.8 | 36 ++++---- sbin/i386/cxconfig/cxconfig.8 | 18 ++-- sbin/i386/fdisk/fdisk.8 | 2 +- sbin/i386/nextboot/nextboot.8 | 20 ++-- sbin/init/init.8 | 22 ++--- sbin/kget/kget.8 | 2 +- sbin/md5/md5.1 | 2 +- sbin/mdconfig/mdconfig.8 | 10 +- sbin/mknod/mknod.8 | 2 +- sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8 | 2 +- sbin/mount_ntfs/mount_ntfs.8 | 4 +- sbin/mount_nullfs/mount_nullfs.8 | 32 +++---- sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.8 | 30 +++--- sbin/mount_std/mount_std.8 | 12 +-- sbin/mount_umapfs/mount_umapfs.8 | 34 +++---- sbin/mount_unionfs/mount_unionfs.8 | 2 +- sbin/mountd/netgroup.5 | 4 +- sbin/newfs/newfs.8 | 14 +-- sbin/nextboot/nextboot.8 | 20 ++-- sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8 | 4 +- sbin/nologin/nologin.5 | 8 +- sbin/nologin/nologin.8 | 2 +- sbin/nos-tun/nos-tun.8 | 6 +- sbin/pc98/fdisk/fdisk.8 | 4 +- sbin/ping/ping.8 | 14 +-- sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.8 | 14 +-- sbin/reboot/boot_i386.8 | 26 +++--- sbin/reboot/reboot.8 | 8 +- sbin/restore/restore.8 | 26 +++--- sbin/route/route.8 | 28 +++--- sbin/slattach/slattach.8 | 6 +- share/man/man3/pthread_attr.3 | 8 +- share/man/man3/pthread_condattr.3 | 6 +- share/man/man3/pthread_detach.3 | 2 +- share/man/man3/pthread_exit.3 | 2 +- share/man/man3/pthread_kill.3 | 6 +- share/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr.3 | 6 +- share/man/man3/pthread_once.3 | 2 +- share/man/man3/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 | 2 +- share/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 | 2 +- share/man/man3/pthread_schedparam.3 | 6 +- share/man/man3/pthread_sigmask.3 | 6 +- usr.sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.8 | 30 +++--- usr.sbin/mountd/netgroup.5 | 4 +- usr.sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8 | 4 +- usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.5 | 8 +- usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.8 | 2 +- 437 files changed, 1754 insertions(+), 1754 deletions(-) diff --git a/bin/chio/chio.1 b/bin/chio/chio.1 index 020963e..0ce507f 100644 --- a/bin/chio/chio.1 +++ b/bin/chio/chio.1 @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ is only supported by few media changers. If it is not supported by a device, using this command will usually result in a "Invalid Field in CDB" error message on the console. .Pp -If the +If the .Fl c flag is specified, the volume tag of the specified element is cleared. If the diff --git a/bin/chmod/chmod.1 b/bin/chmod/chmod.1 index fe0a640..3fb03ca 100644 --- a/bin/chmod/chmod.1 +++ b/bin/chmod/chmod.1 @@ -113,42 +113,42 @@ one or more of the following values: .Pp .Bl -tag -width 6n -compact -offset indent .It Li 4000 -(the set-user-ID-on-execution bit) Executable files with this bit set +(the set-user-ID-on-execution bit) Executable files with this bit set will run with effective uid set to the uid of the file owner. -Directories with the set-user-id bit set will force all files and -sub-directories created in them to be owned by the directory owner -and not by the uid of the creating process, if the underlying file -system supports this feature: see +Directories with the set-user-id bit set will force all files and +sub-directories created in them to be owned by the directory owner +and not by the uid of the creating process, if the underlying file +system supports this feature: see .Xr chmod 2 -and the +and the .Ar suiddir option to .Xr mount 8 . .It Li 2000 -(the set-group-ID-on-execution bit) Executable files with this bit set -will run with effective gid set to the gid of the file owner. +(the set-group-ID-on-execution bit) Executable files with this bit set +will run with effective gid set to the gid of the file owner. .It Li 1000 -(the sticky bit) +(the sticky bit) When set on a directory, unprivileged users can delete and rename -only those files in the directory that are owned by them, regardless of +only those files in the directory that are owned by them, regardless of the permissions on the directory. Under .Fx , -the sticky bit is -ignored for executable files and may only be set for directories (see +the sticky bit is +ignored for executable files and may only be set for directories (see .Xr sticky 8 ) . .It Li 0400 Allow read by owner. .It Li 0200 Allow write by owner. .It Li 0100 -For files, allow execution by owner. For directories, allow the owner to +For files, allow execution by owner. For directories, allow the owner to search in the directory. .It Li 0040 Allow read by group members. .It Li 0020 Allow write by group members. .It Li 0010 -For files, allow execution by group members. For directories, allow +For files, allow execution by group members. For directories, allow group members to search in the directory. .It Li 0004 Allow read by others. @@ -159,9 +159,9 @@ For files, allow execution by others. For directories allow others to search in the directory. .El .Pp -For example, the absolute mode that permits read, write and execute by -the owner, read and execute by group members, read and execute by -others, and no set-uid or set-gid behaviour is 755 +For example, the absolute mode that permits read, write and execute by +the owner, read and execute by group members, read and execute by +others, and no set-uid or set-gid behaviour is 755 (400+200+100+040+010+004+001). .Pp The symbolic mode is described by the following grammar: diff --git a/bin/cp/cp.1 b/bin/cp/cp.1 index f49b44b..130eeed 100644 --- a/bin/cp/cp.1 +++ b/bin/cp/cp.1 @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Cause to write a prompt to the standard error output before copying a file that would overwrite an existing file. If the response from the standard input begins with the character -.Sq Li y +.Sq Li y or .Sq Li Y , the file copy is attempted. @@ -168,12 +168,12 @@ ID are unchanged unless the .Fl p option was specified. .Pp -In the second synopsis form, -.Ar target_directory +In the second synopsis form, +.Ar target_directory must exist unless there is only one named .Ar source_file -which is a directory and the -.Fl R +which is a directory and the +.Fl R flag is specified. .Pp If the destination file does not exist, the mode of the source file is @@ -192,12 +192,12 @@ conditions must be fulfilled or both bits are removed. .Pp Appropriate permissions are required for file creation or overwriting. .Pp -Symbolic links are always followed unless the -.Fl R +Symbolic links are always followed unless the +.Fl R flag is set, in which case symbolic links are not followed, by default. The .Fl H -or +or .Fl L flags (in conjunction with the .Fl R @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ option is non-standard and its use in scripts is not recommended. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr mv 1 , .Xr rcp 1 , -.Xr umask 2 , +.Xr umask 2 , .Xr fts 3 , .Xr symlink 7 .Sh STANDARDS diff --git a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.1 b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.1 index db6d468..bcc5724 100644 --- a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.1 +++ b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.1 @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ for it in the glossary. Acknowledgements .PP Numerous people have provided good input about previous versions -of +of .I csh and aided in its debugging and in the debugging of its documentation. I would especially like to thank Michael Ubell @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ is to be read ``control-\fIx\fR'' and represents the striking of the \fIx\fR key while the control key is held down.) The mail program then echoed the characters `EOT' and transmitted our message. -The characters `% ' were printed before and after the mail command +The characters `% ' were printed before and after the mail command by the shell to indicate that input was needed. .PP After typing the `% ' prompt the shell was reading command input from @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ rather than having a large number of hard to remember options. .NH 2 Output to files .PP -Commands that normally read input or write output on the terminal +Commands that normally read input or write output on the terminal can also be executed with this input and/or output done to a file. .PP @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ beginning are treated specially. Neither `*' or `?' or the `[' `]' mechanism will match it. This prevents accidental matching of the filenames `.' and `..' in the working directory which have special meaning to the system, -as well as other files such as +as well as other files such as .I \&.cshrc which are not normally visible. @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ as it is used less frequently. Quotation .PP We have already seen a number of metacharacters used by the shell. -These metacharacters pose a problem in that we cannot use them directly +These metacharacters pose a problem in that we cannot use them directly as parts of words. Thus the command .DS @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ will not echo the character `*'. It will either echo an sorted list of filenames in the current .I "working directory," -or print the message `No match' if there are +or print the message `No match' if there are no files in the working directory. .PP The recommended mechanism for placing characters which are neither numbers, @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ The shell also terminates when it gets an end-of-file printing `logout'; \s-2UNIX\s0 then logs you off the system. Since this means that typing too many ^D's can accidentally log us off, the shell has a mechanism for preventing this. -This +This .I ignoreeof option will be discussed in section 2.2. .PP diff --git a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.2 b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.2 index 043b73f..d9e8001 100644 --- a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.2 +++ b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.2 @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ We will later see what kinds of commands are usefully placed there. For now we need not have this file and the shell does not complain about its absence. .PP -A +A .I "login shell" , executed after you login to the system, will, after it reads commands from @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ processing my .I \&.login file and begin reading commands from the terminal, prompting for each with `% '. -When I log off (by giving the +When I log off (by giving the .I logout command) the shell will print `logout' and execute commands from the file `.logout' @@ -328,11 +328,11 @@ main() printf("hello); } % cc !$ -cc bug.c +cc bug.c "bug.c", line 4: newline in string or char constant "bug.c", line 5: syntax error % ed !$ -ed bug.c +ed bug.c 29 4s/);/"&/p printf("hello"); @@ -340,10 +340,10 @@ w 30 q % !c -cc bug.c +cc bug.c % a.out hello% !e -ed bug.c +ed bug.c 30 4s/lo/lo\e\en/p printf("hello\en"); @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ cc bug.c \-o bug a.out: 2784+364+1028 = 4176b = 0x1050b bug: 2784+364+1028 = 4176b = 0x1050b % ls \-l !* -ls \-l a.out bug +ls \-l a.out bug \(mirwxr\(mixr\(mix 1 bill 3932 Dec 19 09:41 a.out \(mirwxr\(mixr\(mix 1 bill 3932 Dec 19 09:42 bug % bug @@ -364,14 +364,14 @@ hello % num bug.c | spp spp: Command not found. % ^spp^ssp -num bug.c | ssp +num bug.c | ssp 1 main() 3 { 4 printf("hello\en"); 5 } % !! | lpr num bug.c | ssp | lpr -% +% .DE .KE In this example we have a very simple C program which has a bug (or two) @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ EOT .DE If the job did not terminate normally the `Done' message might say something else like `Killed'. -If you want the +If you want the terminations of background jobs to be reported at the time they occur (possibly interrupting the output of other foreground jobs), you can set the @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ job \- identified by a `\-' in the output of .I jobs. When the current job terminates, the previous job becomes the current job. When given, the argument is either `%\-' (indicating -the previous job); `%#', where # is the job number; +the previous job); `%#', where # is the job number; `%pref' where pref is some unique prefix of the command name and arguments of one of the jobs; or `%?' followed by some string found in only one of the jobs. @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ text editor might take a long time. Stopped % bg [1] ed bigfile & -% +% . . . some foreground commands .ta 1.75i [1] Stopped (tty input) ed bigfile @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ ed bigfile w 120000 q -% +% .so tabs .DE So after the `s' command was issued, the `ed' job was stopped with ^Z diff --git a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.3 b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.3 index 083fbcc..4f6e1b7 100644 --- a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.3 +++ b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.3 @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ of the shell and some of its control structure follows: # already in ~/backup # set noglob -foreach i ($argv) +foreach i ($argv) if ($i !~ *.c) continue # not a .c file so do nothing @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ for each of the values given between `(' and `)' with the named variable, in this case `i' set to successive values in the list. Within this loop we may use the command .I break -to stop executing the loop +to stop executing the loop and .I continue to prematurely terminate one iteration diff --git a/bin/date/date.1 b/bin/date/date.1 index 0dc116a..a8a1203 100644 --- a/bin/date/date.1 +++ b/bin/date/date.1 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Set the system's value for minutes west of .Tn GMT . .Ar minutes_west specifies the number of minutes returned in -.Fa tz_minuteswest +.Fa tz_minuteswest by future calls to .Xr gettimeofday 2 . .It Fl u @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Display or set the date in Adjust (i.e., take the current date and display the result of the adjustment; not actually set the date) the second, minute, hour, month day, week day, month or year according to -.Ar val . +.Ar val . If .Ar val is preceded with a plus or minus sign, @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ An operand with a leading plus sign signals a user-defined format string which specifies the format in which to display the date and time. The format string may contain any of the conversion specifications -described in the +described in the .Xr strftime 3 manual page, as well as any arbitrary text. A newline diff --git a/bin/domainname/domainname.1 b/bin/domainname/domainname.1 index 5f40980..9a67bda 100644 --- a/bin/domainname/domainname.1 +++ b/bin/domainname/domainname.1 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ convenience. .Xr getdomainname 3 .Sh HISTORY The -.Nm +.Nm command appeared in .Fx 1.1, based on a similar command in diff --git a/bin/ed/ed.1 b/bin/ed/ed.1 index 003b28b..50df103 100644 --- a/bin/ed/ed.1 +++ b/bin/ed/ed.1 @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ The next line. This is equivalent to .Em +1 and may be repeated with cumulative effect. -.It +n +.It +n The .Em n Ns th next line, where @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ and .Em V . A newline alone in .Ar command-list -is equivalent to a +is equivalent to a .Em p command. .It (1,$)G/re/ @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Interactively edit the addressed lines matching a regular expression For each matching line, the line is printed, the current address is set, -and the user is prompted to enter a +and the user is prompted to enter a .Ar command-list . At the end of the .Em G @@ -576,11 +576,11 @@ deleted or otherwise modified. .It (.,.)l Print the addressed lines unambiguously. If a single line fills for than one screen (as might be the case -when viewing a binary file, for instance), a `--More--' -prompt is printed on the last line. +when viewing a binary file, for instance), a `--More--' +prompt is printed on the last line. .Nm Ed waits until the RETURN key is pressed -before displaying the next screen. +before displaying the next screen. The current address is set to the last line printed. .It (.,.)m(.) @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ printed with the .Em h (help) command. .Pp -Since the +Since the .Em g (global) command masks any errors from failed searches and substitutions, it can be used to perform conditional operations in scripts; e.g., diff --git a/bin/expr/expr.1 b/bin/expr/expr.1 index 523cd1f..9da5269 100644 --- a/bin/expr/expr.1 +++ b/bin/expr/expr.1 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm -utility evaluates +utility evaluates .Ar expression and writes the result on standard output. .Pp @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ Operators are listed below in order of increasing precedence. Operators with equal precedence are grouped within { } symbols. .Bl -tag -width indent .It Ar expr1 Li | Ar expr2 -Return the evaluation of -.Ar expr1 +Return the evaluation of +.Ar expr1 if it is neither an empty string nor zero; otherwise, returns the evaluation of .Ar expr2 . @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Return the evaluation of if neither expression evaluates to an empty string or zero; otherwise, returns zero. .It Ar expr1 Li "{=, >, >=, <, <=, !=}" Ar expr2 -Return the results of integer comparison if both arguments are integers; +Return the results of integer comparison if both arguments are integers; otherwise, returns the results of string comparison using the locale-specific collation sequence. The result of each comparison is 1 if the specified relation is true, @@ -76,23 +76,23 @@ Return the results of addition or subtraction of integer-valued arguments. .It Ar expr1 Li "{*, /, %}" Ar expr2 Return the results of multiplication, integer division, or remainder of integer-valued arguments. .It Ar expr1 Li : Ar expr2 -The +The .Dq \&: -operator matches -.Ar expr1 -against +operator matches +.Ar expr1 +against .Ar expr2 , which must be a regular expression. The regular expression is anchored -to the beginning of the string with an implicit +to the beginning of the string with an implicit .Dq ^ . .Pp If the match succeeds and the pattern contains at least one regular -expression subexpression -.Dq "\e(...\e)" , -the string corresponding to +expression subexpression +.Dq "\e(...\e)" , +the string corresponding to .Dq "\e1" is returned; -otherwise the matching operator returns the number of characters matched. +otherwise the matching operator returns the number of characters matched. If the match fails and the pattern contains a regular expression subexpression the null string is returned; otherwise 0. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ otherwise 0. Parentheses are used for grouping in the usual manner. .Sh EXAMPLES .Bl -enum -.It +.It The following example adds one to the variable a. .Dl a=`expr $a + 1` .It diff --git a/bin/hostname/hostname.1 b/bin/hostname/hostname.1 index 5251b3a..b83d534 100644 --- a/bin/hostname/hostname.1 +++ b/bin/hostname/hostname.1 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Trim off any domain information from the printed name. .El .Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr gethostname 3 , +.Xr gethostname 3 , .Xr rc.conf 5 .Sh HISTORY The diff --git a/bin/ln/ln.1 b/bin/ln/ln.1 index 8c6ba5c..d651b98 100644 --- a/bin/ln/ln.1 +++ b/bin/ln/ln.1 @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Cause .Nm to write a prompt to standard error if the target file exists. If the response from the standard input begins with the character -.Sq Li y +.Sq Li y or .Sq Li Y , then unlink the target file so that the link may occur. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ operation using the two passed arguments. .Xr symlink 2 , .Xr symlink 7 .Sh COMPATIBILITY -The +The .Fl h , .Fl i , .Fl n diff --git a/bin/ln/symlink.7 b/bin/ln/symlink.7 index 3e74454..0e7384b 100644 --- a/bin/ln/symlink.7 +++ b/bin/ln/symlink.7 @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ name arguments, to commands which are not traversing a file tree. .Pp Except as noted below, commands follow symbolic links named as command line arguments. -For example, if there were a symbolic link +For example, if there were a symbolic link .Dq Li slink which pointed to a file named .Dq Li afile , @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ command is also an exception to this rule. The .Xr file 1 command does not follow symbolic links named as argument by default. -The +The .Xr file 1 command does follow symbolic links named as argument if .Fl L @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ walk (where symbolic links referencing directories are followed). As consistently as possible, you can make commands doing a file tree walk follow any symbolic links named on the command line, regardless of the type of file they reference, by specifying the -.Fl H +.Fl H (for .Dq half\-logical ) flag. diff --git a/bin/ls/ls.1 b/bin/ls/ls.1 index 1076a37..8728d7a 100644 --- a/bin/ls/ls.1 +++ b/bin/ls/ls.1 @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Display whiteouts when scanning directories. Include directory entries whose names begin with a dot (.). .It Fl b -As +As .Fl B , but use C escape codes whenever possible. .It Fl c @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Directories are listed as plain files (not searched recursively). Output is not sorted. .It Fl g This option is deprecated and is only available for compatibility -with +with .Bx 4.3 ; it was used to display the group name in the long .Pq Fl l @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ format output. .It Fl i For each file, print the file's file serial number (inode number). .It Fl k -If the +If the .Fl s option is specified, print the file size allocation in kilobytes, not blocks. This option overrides the environment variable BLOCKSIZE. diff --git a/bin/mv/mv.1 b/bin/mv/mv.1 index c76c69b..6c1cab6 100644 --- a/bin/mv/mv.1 +++ b/bin/mv/mv.1 @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Cause to write a prompt to standard error before moving a file that would overwrite an existing file. If the response from the standard input begins with the character -.Sq Li y +.Sq Li y or .Sq Li Y , the move is attempted. diff --git a/bin/pax/pax.1 b/bin/pax/pax.1 index cdbb6d8..cf3849f 100644 --- a/bin/pax/pax.1 +++ b/bin/pax/pax.1 @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ .Nm Pax will read, write, and list the members of an archive file, and will copy directory hierarchies. -.Nm Pax +.Nm Pax operation is independent of the specific archive format, and supports a wide variety of different archive formats. A list of supported archive formats can be found under the description of the @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ and is written using single line buffering. .Nm Pax extracts the members of the archive file read from the .Dv standard input , -with pathnames matching the specified +with pathnames matching the specified .Ar patterns . The archive format and blocking is automatically determined on input. When an extracted file is a directory, the entire file hierarchy @@ -229,16 +229,16 @@ option. .It Fl w .Em Write . .Nm Pax -writes an archive containing the +writes an archive containing the .Ar file operands to .Dv standard output using the specified archive format. -When no +When no .Ar file -operands are specified, a list of files to copy with one per line is read from +operands are specified, a list of files to copy with one per line is read from .Dv standard input . -When a +When a .Ar file operand is also a directory, the entire file hierarchy rooted at that directory will be included. @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ copies the .Ar file operands to the destination .Ar directory . -When no +When no .Ar file operands are specified, a list of files to copy with one per line is read from the @@ -306,10 +306,10 @@ operand is used to select one or more pathnames of archive members. Archive members are selected using the pattern matching notation described by .Xr fnmatch 3 . -When the +When the .Ar pattern operand is not supplied, all members of the archive will be selected. -When a +When a .Ar pattern matches a directory, the entire file hierarchy rooted at that directory will be selected. @@ -347,11 +347,11 @@ If any intermediate directories are needed in order to extract an archive member, these directories will be created as if .Xr mkdir 2 was called with the bitwise inclusive -.Dv OR +.Dv OR of .Dv S_IRWXU , S_IRWXG , and -.Dv S_IRWXO +.Dv S_IRWXO as the mode argument. When the selected archive format supports the specification of linked files and these files cannot be linked while the archive is being extracted, @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ If an archive format is not specified with a .Fl x option, the format currently being used in the archive will be selected. Any attempt to append to an archive in a format different from the -format already used in the archive will cause +format already used in the archive will cause .Nm to exit immediately with a non-zero exit status. @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ can be separated by to indicate a product. A specific archive device may impose additional restrictions on the size of blocking it will support. -When blocking is not specified, the default +When blocking is not specified, the default .Ar blocksize is dependent on the specific archive format being used (see the .Fl x @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ If this line consists of a single period, the file or archive member is processed with no modification to its name. Otherwise, its name is replaced with the contents of the line. .Nm Pax -will immediately exit with a non-zero exit status if +will immediately exit with a non-zero exit status if .Dv is encountered when reading a response or if .Pa /dev/tty @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ No more than one archive member is matched for each .Ar pattern . When members of type directory are matched, the file hierarchy rooted at that directory is also matched (unless -.Fl d +.Fl d is also specified). .It Fl o Ar options Information to modify the algorithm for extracting or writing archive files @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ and .Cm p . Multiple characteristics can be concatenated within the same string and multiple -.Fl p +.Fl p options can be specified. The meaning of the specification characters are as follows: .Bl -tag -width 2n @@ -535,10 +535,10 @@ This is intended to be used by .Em root , someone with all the appropriate privileges, in order to preserve all aspects of the files as they are recorded in the archive. -The +The .Cm e flag is the sum of the -.Cm o +.Cm o and .Cm p flags. @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Preserve the user ID and group ID. .Sq Preserve the file mode bits. This intended to be used by a -.Em user +.Em user with regular privileges who wants to preserve all aspects of the file other than the ownership. The file times are preserved by default, but two other flags are offered to @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ extracted file, subject to the permissions of the invoking process. Otherwise the attribute of the extracted file is determined as part of the normal file creation action. -If neither the +If neither the .Cm e nor the .Cm o @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ specification character is specified, or the user ID and group ID are not preserved for any reason, .Nm will not set the -.Dv S_ISUID +.Dv S_ISUID .Em ( setuid ) and .Dv S_ISGID @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ the output has the format: .Dl == For pathnames representing a symbolic link, the output has the format: .Dl => -Where is the output format specified by the +Where is the output format specified by the .Xr ls 1 utility when used with the .Fl l @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ to indicate a product. .Em Warning : Only use this option when writing an archive to a device which supports an end of file read condition based on last (or largest) write offset -(such as a regular file or a tape drive). +(such as a regular file or a tape drive). The use of this option with a floppy or hard disk is not recommended. .It Fl D This option is the same as the @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ of will cause .Nm to attempt to recover from read errors forever. -The default +The default .Ar limit is a small positive number of retries. .Pp @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ name, or when starting with a a numeric gid. A '\\' can be used to escape the .Cm # . -Multiple +Multiple .Fl G options may be supplied and checking stops with the first match. .It Fl H @@ -845,12 +845,12 @@ Do not follow symbolic links, perform a physical file system traversal. This is the default mode. .It Fl T Ar [from_date][,to_date][/[c][m]] Allow files to be selected based on a file modification or inode change -time falling within a specified time range of +time falling within a specified time range of .Ar from_date to .Ar to_date (the dates are inclusive). -If only a +If only a .Ar from_date is supplied, all files with a modification or inode change time equal to or younger are selected. @@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ If only a .Ar to_date is supplied, all files with a modification or inode change time equal to or older will be selected. -When the +When the .Ar from_date is equal to the .Ar to_date , @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ time will be selected. .Pp When .Nm -is in the +is in the .Em write or .Em copy @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ The .Ar c specifies the comparison of inode change time (the time when the file inode was last changed; e.g. a change of owner, group, mode, etc). -When +When .Ar c and .Ar m @@ -925,14 +925,14 @@ The minute field is required, while the other fields are optional and must be added in the following order: .Dl Cm hh , dd , mm , yy . -The +The .Cm ss field may be added independently of the other fields. Time ranges are relative to the current time, so .Dl Fl T Ar 1234/cm would select all files with a modification or inode change time of 12:34 PM today or later. -Multiple +Multiple .Fl T time range can be supplied and checking stops with the first match. .It Fl U Ar user @@ -943,14 +943,14 @@ name, or when starting with a a numeric uid. A '\\' can be used to escape the .Cm # . -Multiple +Multiple .Fl U options may be supplied and checking stops with the first match. .It Fl X When traversing the file hierarchy specified by a pathname, do not descend into directories that have a different device ID. See the -.Li st_dev +.Li st_dev field as described in .Xr stat 2 for more information about device ID's. @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ Then the and .Fl Z options will be applied based on the final pathname. -Finally the +Finally the .Fl v option will write the names resulting from these modifications. .Pp @@ -1021,13 +1021,13 @@ based only on the user specified pathnames as modified by the .Fl D , .Fl G , .Fl T , -and +and .Fl U options (the .Fl D option only applies during a copy operation). Then any -.Fl s +.Fl s and .Fl i options will modify in that order, the names of these selected files. @@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ directory hierarchy to .Pp The command: .Dl pax -r -s ',^//*usr//*,,' -f a.pax -reads the archive +reads the archive .Pa a.pax , with all files rooted in ``/usr'' into the archive extracted relative to the current directory. @@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ will exit with one of the following values: .Bl -tag -width 2n .It 0 All files were processed successfully. -.It 1 +.It 1 An error occurred. .El .Pp diff --git a/bin/rm/rm.1 b/bin/rm/rm.1 index 7d50274..da13c3b 100644 --- a/bin/rm/rm.1 +++ b/bin/rm/rm.1 @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ the exit status to reflect an error. The .Fl f option overrides any previous -.Fl i +.Fl i options. .It Fl i Request confirmation before attempting to remove each file, regardless of @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ terminal. The .Fl i option overrides any previous -.Fl f +.Fl f options. .It Fl P Overwrite regular files before deleting them. @@ -86,14 +86,14 @@ Files are overwritten three times, first with the byte pattern 0xff, then 0x00, and then 0xff again, before they are deleted. .It Fl R Attempt to remove the file hierarchy rooted in each file argument. -The +The .Fl R option implies the .Fl d option. If the .Fl i -option is specified, the user is prompted for confirmation before +option is specified, the user is prompted for confirmation before each directory's contents are processed (as well as before the attempt is made to remove the directory). If the user does not respond affirmatively, the file hierarchy rooted in @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ utility differs from historical implementations in that the .Fl f option only masks attempts to remove non-existent files instead of masking a large variety of errors. -The +The .Fl v option is non-standard and its use in scripts is not recommended. .Pp diff --git a/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1 b/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1 index 5d77ff8..c7f0936 100644 --- a/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1 +++ b/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1 @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl n | Fl e -.Ar args... +.Ar args... .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm prints its arguments on the standard output, separated by spaces. diff --git a/bin/test/test.1 b/bin/test/test.1 index fde8434..cddafd5 100644 --- a/bin/test/test.1 +++ b/bin/test/test.1 @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ is a named pipe .Po Tn FIFO Pc . .It Fl r Ar file True if -.Ar file +.Ar file exists and is readable. .It Fl s Ar file True if @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ True if the length of .Ar string is zero. .It Fl L Ar file -True if +True if .Ar file exists and is a symbolic link. .It Fl O Ar file @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ True if .Ar \&s\&1 is not the null string. -.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&eq Ar \&n\&2 +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&eq Ar \&n\&2 True if the integers .Ar \&n\&1 and @@ -287,11 +287,11 @@ operator has higher precedence than the .Fl o operator. .Sh GRAMMAR AMBIGUITY -The +The .Nm grammar is inherently ambiguous. In order to assure a degree of consistency, -the cases described in the -.St -p1003.2 , +the cases described in the +.St -p1003.2 , section D11.2/4.62.4, standard are evaluated consistently according to the rules specified in the standards document. All other cases are subject to the ambiguity in the diff --git a/games/atc/atc.6 b/games/atc/atc.6 index 335994d..8251371 100644 --- a/games/atc/atc.6 +++ b/games/atc/atc.6 @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ .in +\\n(I\\n(IRu .ti -\\n(I\\n(IRu .. -.\" Copyright (c) 1986 Ed James. All rights reserved. +.\" Copyright (c) 1986 Ed James. All rights reserved. .\" .TH ATC 6 "May 31, 1993" .UC @@ -85,14 +85,14 @@ Same as .B \-s. .TP .B \-p -Print the path to the special directory where +Print the path to the special directory where .I atc expects to find its private files. This is used during the installation of the program. .TP .B "\-g game" Play the named game. If the game listed is not one of the -ones printed from the +ones printed from the .B \-l option, the default game is played. .TP @@ -104,37 +104,37 @@ Same as Set the random seed. The purpose of this flag is questionable. .SH GOALS .LP -Your goal in +Your goal in .I atc -is to keep the game going as long as possible. +is to keep the game going as long as possible. There is no winning state, except to beat the times of other players. You will need to: launch planes at airports (by instructing them to increase their altitude); land planes at airports (by instructing them to go to altitude zero when exactly over the airport); and maneuver planes -out of exit points. +out of exit points. .LP Several things will cause the end of the game. -Each plane has a destination (see information area), and +Each plane has a destination (see information area), and sending a plane to the wrong destination is an error. Planes can run out of fuel, or can collide. Collision is defined as adjacency in any of the three dimensions. A plane leaving the arena in any other way than through its destination exit is an error as well. .LP Scores are sorted in order of the number of planes safe. The other -statistics are provided merely for fun. There is no penalty for +statistics are provided merely for fun. There is no penalty for taking longer than another player (except in the case of ties). .LP Suspending a game is not permitted. If you get a talk message, tough. When was the last time an Air Traffic Controller got called away to -the phone? +the phone? .SH "THE DISPLAY" .LP -Depending on the terminal you run +Depending on the terminal you run .I atc -on, the screen will be divided into 4 areas. +on, the screen will be divided into 4 areas. It should be stressed that the terminal driver portion of the game was designed to be reconfigurable, so the display format can vary -depending the version you are playing. The descriptions here are based +depending the version you are playing. The descriptions here are based on the ASCII version of the game. The game rules and input format, however, should remain consistent. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Control-L redraws the screen, should it become muddled. The first screen area is the radar display, showing the relative locations of the planes, airports, standard entry/exit points, radar beacons, and "lines" which simply serve to aid you in guiding -the planes. +the planes. .IP Planes are shown as a single letter with an altitude. If the numerical altitude is a single digit, then it represents @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ planes and the jets. On ASCII terminals, prop planes are represented by a upper case letter, jets by a lower case letter. .IP Airports are shown as a number and some indication of the direction -planes must be going to land at the airport. +planes must be going to land at the airport. On ASCII terminals, this is one of '^', '>', '<', and 'v', to indicate north (0 degrees), east (90), west (270) and south (180), respectively. The planes will also @@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ Beacons are represented as circles or asterisks and a number. Their purpose is to offer a place of easy reference to the plane pilots. See 'the delay command' under the input section of this manual. .IP -Entry/exit points are displayed as numbers along the border of the +Entry/exit points are displayed as numbers along the border of the radar screen. Planes will enter the arena from these points without -warning. These points have a direction associated with them, and +warning. These points have a direction associated with them, and planes will always enter the arena from this direction. On the ASCII version of .I atc, @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ this direction is not displayed. It will become apparent what this direction is as the game progresses. .IP Incoming planes will always enter at the same altitude: 7000 feet. -For a plane to successfully depart through an entry/exit point, +For a plane to successfully depart through an entry/exit point, it must be flying at 9000 feet. It is not necessary for the planes to be flying in any particular direction when they leave the arena (yet). @@ -183,12 +183,12 @@ direction when they leave the arena (yet). The second area of the display is the information area, which lists the time (number of updates since start), and the number of planes you have directed safely out of the arena. -Below this is a list of planes currently in the air, followed by a +Below this is a list of planes currently in the air, followed by a blank line, and then a list of planes on the ground (at airports). -Each line lists the plane name and its current altitude, +Each line lists the plane name and its current altitude, an optional asterisk indicating low fuel, the plane's destination, and the plane's current command. Changing altitude is not considered -to be a command and is therefore not displayed. The following are +to be a command and is therefore not displayed. The following are some possible information lines: .IP B4*A0: Circle @ b1 @@ -200,11 +200,11 @@ feet. It is low on fuel (note the '*'). It's destination is Airport #0. The next command it expects to do is circle when it reaches Beacon #1. -The second example shows a jet named 'g' at 7000 feet, destined for +The second example shows a jet named 'g' at 7000 feet, destined for Exit #4. It is just now executing a turn to 225 degrees (South-West). .SS "INPUT AREA" .IP -The third area of the display is the input area. It is here that +The third area of the display is the input area. It is here that your input is reflected. See the INPUT heading of this manual for more details. .SS "AUTHOR AREA" @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ This area is used simply to give credit where credit is due. :-) A command completion interface is built into the game. At any time, typing '?' will list possible input characters. Typing a backspace (your erase character) backs up, erasing the last part -of the command. When a command is complete, a return enters it, and +of the command. When a command is complete, a return enters it, and any semantic checking is done at that time. If no errors are detected, the command is sent to the appropriate plane. If an error is discovered during the check, the offending statement will be underscored and a @@ -223,25 +223,25 @@ during the check, the offending statement will be underscored and a .LP The command syntax is broken into two parts: .I "Immediate Only" -and +and .I Delayable commands. .I "Immediate Only" commands happen on the next -update. +update. .I Delayable commands also happen on the next update unless they -are followed by an optional predicate called the -.I Delay +are followed by an optional predicate called the +.I Delay command. .LP -In the following tables, the syntax +In the following tables, the syntax .B [0\-9] -means any single digit, and +means any single digit, and .B refers to the keys around the 's' key, namely ``wedcxzaq''. In absolute references, 'q' refers to North-West or 315 degrees, and 'w' -refers to North, or 0 degrees. +refers to North, or 0 degrees. In relative references, 'q' refers to -45 degrees or 45 degrees left, and 'w' refers to 0 degrees, or no change in direction. .LP @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ line of dashes if there is no command. .RE .B "\- u Unmark:" .RS -Same as ignore, but if a delayed command is processed, +Same as ignore, but if a delayed command is processed, the plane will become marked. This is useful if you want to forget about a plane during part, but not all, of its journey. @@ -383,11 +383,11 @@ The airport number. .RE .SS THE DELAY COMMAND .LP -The +The .B Delay (a/@) -command may be appended to any -.B Delayable +command may be appended to any +.B Delayable command. It allows the controller to instruct a plane to do an action when the plane reaches a particular beacon (or other objects in future versions). @@ -412,10 +412,10 @@ The beacon number. .RE .SS "MARKING, UNMARKING AND IGNORING" .LP -Planes are +Planes are .B marked when they enter the arena. This means they are displayed in highlighted -mode on the radar display. A plane may also be either +mode on the radar display. A plane may also be either .B unmarked or .B ignored. @@ -425,18 +425,18 @@ plane is drawn in unhighlighted mode, and a line of dashes is displayed in the command field of the information area. The plane will remain this way until a mark command has been issued. Any other command will be issued, but the command line will return to a line of dashes when the command -is completed. +is completed. .LP An .B ignored plane is treated the same as an unmarked plane, except that it will -automatically switch to +automatically switch to .B marked status when a delayed command has been processed. This is useful if you want to forget about a plane for a while, but its flight path has not yet been completely set. .LP -As with all of the commands, marking, unmarking and ignoring will take effect +As with all of the commands, marking, unmarking and ignoring will take effect at the beginning of the next update. Do not be surprised if the plane does not immediately switch to unhighlighted mode. .SS EXAMPLES @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ Planes flying at an altitude of 0 crash if they are not over an airport. Planes waiting at airports can only be told to take off (climb in altitude). .SH "NEW GAMES" .LP -The +The .B Game_List file lists the currently available play fields. New field description file names must be placed in this file to be 'playable'. If a player @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ must be set. These variables are set with the syntax: .IP variable = number; .LP -Variable may be one of: +Variable may be one of: .B update, indicating the number of seconds between forced updates; .B newplane, @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ line: [ (x1 y1) (x2 y2) ] ... ; .LP For beacons, a simple x, y coordinate pair is used (enclosed in parenthesis). Airports and exits require a third value, a direction, which is one -of +of .B wedcxzaq. For airports, this is the direction that planes must be going to take off and land, and for exits, this is the direction that planes will going @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ when they the arena. This may not seem intuitive, but as there is no restriction on direction of exit, this is appropriate. Lines are slightly different, since they need two coordinate pairs to -specify the line endpoints. These endpoints must be enclosed in +specify the line endpoints. These endpoints must be enclosed in square brackets. .LP All statements are semi-colon (;) terminated. Multiple item statements @@ -528,8 +528,8 @@ and terminate with a newline. The coordinates are between zero and width-1 and height-1 inclusive. All of the exit coordinates must lie on the borders, and all of the beacons and airports must lie inside of the borders. -Line endpoints may be anywhere within the field, so long as -the lines are horizontal, vertical or +Line endpoints may be anywhere within the field, so long as +the lines are horizontal, vertical or .B "exactly diagonal." .SS "FIELD FILE EXAMPLE" .RS @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ line: [ ( 1 1 ) ( 6 6 ) ] .RE .SH FILES .LP -Files are kept in a special directory. See the OPTIONS for a way to +Files are kept in a special directory. See the OPTIONS for a way to print this path out. .TP \w'/usr/share/games/atc/Game_List\ \ \ 'u /var/games/atc_score @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ of a game written for some unknown PC many years ago, maybe. The screen sometimes refreshes after you have quit. .LP Yet Another Curses Bug was discovered during the development of this game. -If your curses library clrtobot.o is version 5.1 or earlier, +If your curses library clrtobot.o is version 5.1 or earlier, you will have erase problems with the backspace operator in the input window. diff --git a/games/battlestar/battlestar.6 b/games/battlestar/battlestar.6 index 814c299..72f71bf 100644 --- a/games/battlestar/battlestar.6 +++ b/games/battlestar/battlestar.6 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ heavens... One to bring good luck and simple feats of wonder, Two to wash the lands and churn the waves asunder, Three to rule the world and purge the skies with thunder. - + .fi .PP In those times great wizards were known and their powers were beyond @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ fleet of battlestars was reduced to a single ship. throw ! - + .fi .SH "IMPLIED OBJECTS" .nf @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ fleet of battlestars was reduced to a single ship. >-: get knife: Taken. - + .fi .PP Notice that the "shadow" of the next word stays around if you @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ always printed in R, L, A, & B relative directions. I wrote Battlestar in 1979 in order to experiment with the niceties of the C Language. Most interesting things that happen in the game are hardwired into the -code, so don't +code, so don't send me any hate mail about it! Instead, enjoy art for art's sake! .SH AUTHOR David Riggle diff --git a/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6 b/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6 index 0d7c7fe..37de31b 100644 --- a/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6 +++ b/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6 @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ If you have never played solitaire before, it is recommended that you consult a solitaire instruction book. In Canfield, tableau cards may be built on each other downward in alternate colors. An entire pile must be moved as a unit -in building. Top cards of the piles are available +in building. Top cards of the piles are available to be played on foundations, but never into empty spaces. .PP Spaces must be filled from the stock. The top card of @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ available. The command 'c' causes .I canfield to maintain card counting statistics -on the bottom of the screen. -When properly used this can greatly increase one's chances of +on the bottom of the screen. +When properly used this can greatly increase one's chances of winning. .PP The rules for betting are somewhat less strict than @@ -114,5 +114,5 @@ It is impossible to cheat. .SH AUTHORS Originally written: Steve Levine .br -Further random hacking by: Steve Feldman, Kirk McKusick, +Further random hacking by: Steve Feldman, Kirk McKusick, Mikey Olson, and Eric Allman. diff --git a/games/factor/factor.6 b/games/factor/factor.6 index 576e952..f5e23e5 100644 --- a/games/factor/factor.6 +++ b/games/factor/factor.6 @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ utility prints primes in ascending order, one per line, starting at or above and continuing until, but not including .B stop. The -.B start +.B start value must be at least 0 and not greater than .B stop.\& The @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ The input line must not be longer than 255 characters. .B \-h Print the results in hexadecimal rather than decimal. .SH DIAGNOSTICS -Out of range or invalid input results in `ouch' being +Out of range or invalid input results in `ouch' being written to standard error. .SH BUGS .I Factor diff --git a/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6 b/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6 index e0bd604..8d16fb6 100644 --- a/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6 +++ b/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6 @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ fortune 90% funny 10% not-funny .Pp will pick out 90% of its fortunes from .Em funny -(the +(the .Dq 10% not-funny is unnecessary, since 10% is all that's left). The @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ fortune 50% funny 50% not-funny .It Pa /usr/games/fortune .Pp .It Pa /usr/share/games/fortune/* -the fortunes databases (those files ending +the fortunes databases (those files ending .Dq -o contain the .Bf -symbolic diff --git a/games/fortune/strfile/strfile.8 b/games/fortune/strfile/strfile.8 index 7c715a4..0ac3090 100644 --- a/games/fortune/strfile/strfile.8 +++ b/games/fortune/strfile/strfile.8 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" -.\" +.\" .\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by .\" Ken Arnold. .\" diff --git a/games/morse/morse.6 b/games/morse/morse.6 index 9ae31b0..d22e1dd 100644 --- a/games/morse/morse.6 +++ b/games/morse/morse.6 @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Not all prosigns have corresponding characters. Use for .Em AS , .Ql @ -for +for .Em SK , .Ql * for diff --git a/games/phantasia/phantasia.6 b/games/phantasia/phantasia.6 index 062f449..ceae5a9 100644 --- a/games/phantasia/phantasia.6 +++ b/games/phantasia/phantasia.6 @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ They are: .PP .TP .5i .B \-s -Invokes +Invokes .I phantasia without header information. .TP .5i @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ but bigger. .TP 1.5i .B Type six .I priest -\- rests to maximum; adds +\- rests to maximum; adds .B mana, brains; and halves .B sin. @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ with a and gives bearer first hit on all monsters. .br .I quicksilver -\- adds to +\- adds to .B quickness. .TP 1.5i .B Type ten @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ reaches are converted to .I gold. .PP -Once a player is king, he/she may do certain things while in +Once a player is king, he/she may do certain things while in the Lord's Chamber (0,0). These are exercised with the .B decree ('0') option. @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ The king collects the accrued taxes with this option. .PP The .B king -may also +may also .B teleport anywhere for free by using the origin as a starting place. .sh "Council of the Wise, Valar" @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ who uses them. are essentially immortal, but are actually given five lives. If these are used up, the player is left to die, and becomes an .B ex-valar. -A +A .B valar cannot .I move, teleport, @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ is always limited to a maximum of 99. .I Books bought at a .B trading post -increase +increase .B brains, based upon the number bought. It is unwise, however to buy more than 1/10 of one's diff --git a/games/piano/piano.6 b/games/piano/piano.6 index f6813f28..8078b6c 100644 --- a/games/piano/piano.6 +++ b/games/piano/piano.6 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ to generate .It Fl V The .Fl V -option is for +option is for .Nm usage. .It Fl i Ar string diff --git a/games/pom/pom.6 b/games/pom/pom.6 index 00dae12..1a5325b 100644 --- a/games/pom/pom.6 +++ b/games/pom/pom.6 @@ -42,5 +42,5 @@ pom \- display the phase of the moon The .I pom utility displays the current phase of the moon. -Useful for selecting software completion target dates and predicting +Useful for selecting software completion target dates and predicting managerial behavior. diff --git a/games/sail/sail.6 b/games/sail/sail.6 index 26787c4..14e71de 100644 --- a/games/sail/sail.6 +++ b/games/sail/sail.6 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ players or the computer. They may re-enact one of the many historical sea battles recorded in the game, or they can choose a fictional battle. .PP -As a sea captain in the +As a sea captain in the .I Sail Navy, the player has complete control over the workings of his ship. He must order every maneuver, change the set of his sails, and judge the @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ must calculate moves for each ship it controls, the more ships the computer is playing, the slower the game will appear. .PP If a player joins a game in progress, he will synchronize -with the other players (a rather slow process for everyone), and +with the other players (a rather slow process for everyone), and then he may play along with the rest. .PP To implement a multi-user game in Version 7 UNIX, which was the operating @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ shared file. For example, .I Sail uses a temporary file named /tmp/#sailsink.21 for scenario 21, and corresponding file names for the other scenarios. To provide exclusive -access to the temporary file, +access to the temporary file, .I Sail uses a technique stolen from an old game called "pubcaves" by Jeff Cohen. Processes do a busy wait in the loop @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Processes do a busy wait in the loop .br .sp until they are able to create a link to a file named "/tmp/#saillock.??". -The "??" correspond to the scenario number of the game. Since UNIX +The "??" correspond to the scenario number of the game. Since UNIX guarantees that a link will point to only one file, the process that succeeds in linking will have exclusive access to the temporary file. .PP @@ -147,10 +147,10 @@ The most noticeable effect this communication has on the game is the delay in moving. Suppose a player types a move for his ship and hits return. What happens then? The player process saves up messages to be written to the temporary file in a buffer. Every 7 seconds or so, the -player process gets exclusive access to the temporary file and writes +player process gets exclusive access to the temporary file and writes out its buffer to the file. The driver, running asynchronously, must read in the movement command, process it, and write out the results. This -takes two exclusive accesses to the temporary file. Finally, when the player +takes two exclusive accesses to the temporary file. Finally, when the player process gets around to doing another 7 second update, the results of the move are displayed on the screen. Hence, every movement requires four exclusive accesses to the temporary file (anywhere from 7 to 21 seconds @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ sail around quite quickly. If the player types several movement commands between two 7 second updates, only the last movement command typed will be seen by the driver. Movement commands within the same update "overwrite" each other, in a sense. -.SH THE HISTORY OF SAIL +.SH THE HISTORY OF SAIL I wrote the first version of .I Sail on a PDP 11/70 in the fall of 1980. Needless to say, the code was horrendous, @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ tremendous rewrite from the top down, I got the first working version up by 1981. There were several annoying bugs concerning firing broadsides and finding angles. .I Sail -uses no floating point, by the way, so the direction routines are rather +uses no floating point, by the way, so the direction routines are rather tricky. Ed Wang rewrote my angle() routine in 1981 to be more correct (although it still doesn't work perfectly), and he added code to let a player select @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ result was very much cleaner and (?) faster. He added window movement commands and find ship commands. .SH HISTORICAL INFO Old Square Riggers were very maneuverable ships capable of intricate -sailing. Their only disadvantage was an inability to sail very +sailing. Their only disadvantage was an inability to sail very close to the wind. The design of a wooden ship allowed only for the guns to bear to the left and right sides. A few guns of small aspect (usually 6 or 9 pounders) could point forward, but their @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ or boat actions. They could hit hard and get away fast. Lastly, there were the corvettes, sloops, and brigs. These were smaller ships mounting typically fewer than 20 guns. A corvette was only slightly smaller than a frigate, so one might have up to 30 guns. Sloops were used -for carrying dispatches or passengers. Brigs were something you built for +for carrying dispatches or passengers. Brigs were something you built for land-locked lakes. .SH SAIL PARTICULARS Ships in @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ the ship, and the other represents the stern. Ships have nationalities and numbers. The first ship of a nationality is number 0, the second number 1, etc. Therefore, the first British ship in a game would be printed as "b0". The second Brit would be "b1", and the fifth Don -would be "s4". +would be "s4". .PP Ships can set normal sails, called Battle Sails, or bend on extra canvas called Full Sails. A ship under full sail is a beautiful sight indeed, @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ be it 0,1,2,3,4, or 5. E.g., the "b0" captured by an American becomes the The ultimate example is, of course, an exploding Brit captured by an American: "#&". .SH MOVEMENT -Movement is the most confusing part of +Movement is the most confusing part of .I Sail to many. Ships can head in 8 directions: .nf @@ -339,15 +339,15 @@ at all for two turns, it will begin to drift. If a ship has begun to drift, then it must move forward before it turns, if it plans to do more than make a right or left turn, which is always possible. .PP -Movement commands to +Movement commands to .I Sail are a string of forward moves and turns. An example is "l3". It will turn a ship left and then move it ahead 3 spaces. In the drawing above, -the "b0" made 7 successive left turns. When +the "b0" made 7 successive left turns. When .I Sail -prompts you for a move, it prints three characters of import. E.g., +prompts you for a move, it prints three characters of import. E.g., .nf - move (7, 4): + move (7, 4): .fi The first number is the maximum number of moves you can make, including turns. The second number is the maximum number of turns @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ if you turn closer to the wind, you most likely won't be able to sail the full allowance printed in the "move" prompt. .PP Old sailing captains had to keep an eye constantly on the wind. Captains -in +in .I Sail are no different. A ship's ability to move depends on its attitude to the wind. The best angle possible is to have the wind off your quarter, that is, @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ sail speeds are given first, and full sail speeds are given in parenthesis. -^-3(6) /|\\ | 4(7) - 3(6) + 3(6) .fi Pretend the bow of your ship (the "^") is pointing upward and the wind is @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ The number of fouls and grapples you have are displayed on the upper right of the screen. .SH BOARDING Boarding was a very costly venture in terms of human life. Boarding parties -may be formed in +may be formed in .I Sail to either board an enemy ship or to defend your own ship against attack. Men organized as Defensive Boarding Parties fight twice as hard to save @@ -447,10 +447,10 @@ number of men sent. .SH CREW QUALITY The British seaman was world renowned for his sailing abilities. American sailors, however, were actually the best seamen in the world. Because the -American Navy offered twice the wages of the Royal Navy, British seamen +American Navy offered twice the wages of the Royal Navy, British seamen who liked the sea defected to America by the thousands. .PP -In +In .I Sail, crew quality is quantized into 5 energy levels. "Elite" crews can outshoot and outfight all other sailors. "Crack" crews are next. "Mundane" crews @@ -483,10 +483,10 @@ ship: .nf Load D! R! - Hull 9 + Hull 9 Crew 4 4 2 - Guns 4 4 - Carr 2 2 + Guns 4 4 + Carr 2 2 Rigg 5 5 5 5 .fi @@ -508,14 +508,14 @@ mere opportunity to fire them does not guarantee any hits. Many factors influence the destructive force of a broadside. First of all, and the chief factor, is distance. It is harder to hit a ship at range ten than it is to hit one sloshing alongside. Next is raking. Raking fire, as -mentioned before, +mentioned before, can sometimes dismast a ship at range ten. Next, crew size and quality affects the damage done by a broadside. The number of guns firing also bears on the point, so to speak. Lastly, weather affects the accuracy of a broadside. If the seas are high (5 or 6), then the lower gunports of ships of the line can't even be opened to run out the guns. This gives frigates and other flush -decked vessels an advantage in a storm. The scenario +decked vessels an advantage in a storm. The scenario .I Pellew vs. The Droits de L'Homme takes advantage of this peculiar circumstance. .SH REPAIRS @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ Repairs may be made to your Hull, Guns, and Rigging at the slow rate of two points per three turns. The message "Repairs Completed" will be printed if no more repairs can be made. .SH PECULIARITIES OF COMPUTER SHIPS -Computer ships in +Computer ships in .I Sail follow all the rules above with a few exceptions. Computer ships never repair damage. If they did, the players could never beat them. They @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ A.I. distance function and a depth first search to find the maximum "score." It seems to work fairly well, although I'll be the first to admit it isn't perfect. .SH HOW TO PLAY -Commands are given to +Commands are given to .I Sail by typing a single character. You will then be prompted for further input. A brief summary of the commands follows. @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ input. A brief summary of the commands follows. 'f' Fire broadsides if they bear 'l' Reload 'L' Unload broadsides (to change ammo) - 'm' Move + 'm' Move 'i' Print the closest ship 'I' Print all ships 'F' Find a particular ship or ships (e.g. "a?" for all Americans) @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ input. A brief summary of the commands follows. .fi .br .SH SCENARIOS -Here is a summary of the scenarios in +Here is a summary of the scenarios in .I Sail: .br @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ has been a group effort. .SH AUTHOR Dave Riggle .SH CO-AUTHOR -Ed Wang +Ed Wang .SH REFITTING Craig Leres .SH CONSULTANTS diff --git a/games/wump/wump.6 b/games/wump/wump.6 index 61bf26e..4ad38a8 100644 --- a/games/wump/wump.6 +++ b/games/wump/wump.6 @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ wump [-h] [-a arrows] [-b bats] [-p pits] [-r rooms] [-t tunnels] .ft R .SH DESCRIPTION The game -.I wump +.I wump is based on a fantasy game first presented in the pages of .I "People's Computer Company" in 1973. diff --git a/lib/libc/compat-43/gethostid.3 b/lib/libc/compat-43/gethostid.3 index 837cecf..dcf6250 100644 --- a/lib/libc/compat-43/gethostid.3 +++ b/lib/libc/compat-43/gethostid.3 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The .Fn gethostid and .Fn sethostid -syscalls appeared in +syscalls appeared in .Bx 4.2 and were dropped in .Bx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/compat-43/setruid.3 b/lib/libc/compat-43/setruid.3 index 7c87821..b90656b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/compat-43/setruid.3 +++ b/lib/libc/compat-43/setruid.3 @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ The .Fn setruid and .Fn setrgid -syscalls appeared in +syscalls appeared in .Bx 4.2 and were dropped in .Bx 4.4 . diff --git a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.2 b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.2 index 516486e..5333315 100644 --- a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.2 +++ b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.2 @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ .Xr sigsuspend 2 . .Pp .Fn Sigpause -assigns +assigns .Fa sigmask to the set of masked signals and then waits for a signal to arrive; diff --git a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigsetmask.2 b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigsetmask.2 index 59944d6..305f9d2 100644 --- a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigsetmask.2 +++ b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigsetmask.2 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ This interface is made obsolete by: .Fn Sigsetmask sets the current signal mask to the specified .Fa mask . -Signals are blocked from delivery if the corresponding bit in +Signals are blocked from delivery if the corresponding bit in .Fa mask is a 1. .Fn Sigblock diff --git a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.2 b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.2 index 1e45736..eb94904 100644 --- a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.2 +++ b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.2 @@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ This interface is made obsolete by sigaction(2). .Pp The system defines a set of signals that may be delivered to a process. Signal delivery resembles the occurrence of a hardware interrupt: -the signal is blocked from further occurrence, the current process +the signal is blocked from further occurrence, the current process context is saved, and a new one is built. A process may specify a .Em handler -to which a signal is delivered, or specify that a signal is to be +to which a signal is delivered, or specify that a signal is to be .Em blocked or .Em ignored . @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Signal routines execute with the signal that caused their invocation .Em blocked , but other signals may yet occur. -A global +A global .Em "signal mask" defines the set of signals currently blocked from delivery to a process. The signal mask for a process is initialized @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ signals pending for the process. If the signal is not currently .Em blocked by the process then it is delivered to the process. When a signal is delivered, the current state of the process is saved, -a new signal mask is calculated (as described below), +a new signal mask is calculated (as described below), and the signal handler is invoked. The call to the handler is arranged so that if the signal handling routine returns normally the process will resume execution in the context @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ or .Xr sigsetmask 2 call is made). This mask is formed by taking the current signal mask, -adding the signal to be delivered, and +adding the signal to be delivered, and .Em or Ns 'ing in the signal mask associated with the handler to be invoked. .Pp @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ the system will deliver the signal to the process on a .Em "signal stack" , specified with .Xr sigaltstack 2 . -If +If .Fa ovec is non-zero, the previous handling information for the signal is returned to the user. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Ignored signals remain ignored; the signal mask remains the same; signals that interrupt system calls continue to do so. .Sh NOTES -The mask specified in +The mask specified in .Fa vec is not allowed to block .Dv SIGKILL @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ of the following occurs: .It Bq Er EFAULT Either .Fa vec -or +or .Fa ovec points to memory that is not a valid part of the process address space. @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ struct sigcontext *scp; Here .Fa sig is the signal number, into which the hardware faults and traps are -mapped as defined below. +mapped as defined below. .Fa Code is a parameter that is either a constant as given below or, for compatibility mode faults, the code provided by diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/exec.3 b/lib/libc/gen/exec.3 index e8f6403..6d7e80c 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/exec.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/exec.3 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ The search path is the path specified in the environment by .Dq Ev PATH variable. If this variable isn't specified, -the default path is set according to the +the default path is set according to the .Dv _PATH_DEFPATH definition in .Aq paths.h , diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3 index 7422595..ea9c353 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 Christopher G. Demetriou .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ .\" information about NetBSD. .\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products .\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES .\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 b/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 index efc413c..5c2da21 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ was set or returned non-zero. .It Dv GLOB_LIMIT The flag -.Dv GLOB_MAXPATH +.Dv GLOB_MAXPATH was provided, and the specified limit passed to .Fn glob in diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3 index 4074adc..0de4691 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_DESTROY 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3 index e9ac2a6..3ee947a 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_GETVALUE 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3 index a727fe2..5f43c08 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_INIT 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3 index 22229b3..eec5a57 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_OPEN 3 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm sem_open , -.Nm sem_close , +.Nm sem_open , +.Nm sem_close , .Nm sem_unlink .Nd named semaphore operations .Sh LIBRARY diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3 index 970550d..0c8dea4 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_POST 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3 index beff2e3..397cbfe 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_WAIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm sem_wait , +.Nm sem_wait , .Nm sem_trywait .Nd decrement (lock) a semaphore .Sh LIBRARY diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3 b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3 index a09d539..96fbc5a 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3 @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ source code by .Sh BUGS Never pass a string with user-supplied data as a format without using .Ql %s . -An attacker can put format specifiers in the string to mangle your stack, +An attacker can put format specifiers in the string to mangle your stack, leading to a possible security hole. This holds true even if the string was built using a function like .Fn snprintf , diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 index 18dd3cb..6852bc0 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ functions appeared in .Sh BUGS Never pass a string with user-supplied data as a format without using .Ql %s . -An attacker can put format specifiers in the string to mangle your stack, +An attacker can put format specifiers in the string to mangle your stack, leading to a possible security hole. This holds true even if the string was built using a function like .Fn snprintf , diff --git a/lib/libc/gmon/moncontrol.3 b/lib/libc/gmon/moncontrol.3 index 1273824..1966d72 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gmon/moncontrol.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gmon/moncontrol.3 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ to resume the collection of histogram ticks and call counts use .Fn moncontrol 1 . This feature allows the cost of particular operations to be measured. Note that an output file will be produced on program exit -regardless of the state of +regardless of the state of .Fn moncontrol . .Pp Programs that are not loaded with @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ the lowest address sampled is that of .Fa lowpc and the highest is just below .Fa highpc . -Only functions in that range that have been compiled with the +Only functions in that range that have been compiled with the .Fl pg option to .Xr cc 1 diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ioperm.2 b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ioperm.2 index aad357b..27b38c7 100644 --- a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ioperm.2 +++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ioperm.2 @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ and the number of contiguous entries will be returned in .Pp .Fn i386_set_ioperm will set access to a range of I/O ports described by the -.Fa start -and +.Fa start +and .Fa length arguments to the state specified by the .Fa enable @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ and will fail if: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EINVAL -An invalid range was specified by the +An invalid range was specified by the .Fa start or .Fa length diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.2 b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.2 index c1e9584..5b6070e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.2 +++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.2 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ LDT. Both routines accept a starting selector number .Fa start_sel , an array of memory that -will contain the descriptors to be set or returned +will contain the descriptors to be set or returned .Fa descs , and the number of entries to set or return .Fa num_sels . diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_set_watch.3 b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_set_watch.3 index a85ae85..6c49cbe 100644 --- a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_set_watch.3 +++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_set_watch.3 @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ parameters. The argument specifies which watch register is used, 0, 1, 2, 3, or -1. If .Fa watchnum is -1, a free watch register is found and used. If there are no free -watch registers, an error code of -1 is returned. +watch registers, an error code of -1 is returned. .Fa Watchaddr -specifies the watch address, +specifies the watch address, .Fa size specifies the size in bytes of the area to be watched (1, 2, or 4 bytes), and diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_vm86.2 b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_vm86.2 index fd9c89e..3c85ade 100644 --- a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_vm86.2 +++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_vm86.2 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ it will be dispatched by the vm86 interrupt table. .\" .It Dv VM86_INTCALL .El .Pp -vm86 mode is entered by calling +vm86 mode is entered by calling .Xr sigreturn 2 with the correct machine context for vm86, and with the .Em PSL_VM diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/euc.4 b/lib/libc/locale/euc.4 index ce319ba..548d9ca 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/euc.4 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/euc.4 @@ -42,18 +42,18 @@ .Nm euc .Nd EUC encoding of runes .Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm ENCODING +.Nm ENCODING .Qq EUC .Pp .Nm VARIABLE -.Ar len1 -.Ar mask1 -.Ar len2 -.Ar mask2 -.Ar len3 -.Ar mask3 -.Ar len4 -.Ar mask4 +.Ar len1 +.Ar mask1 +.Ar len2 +.Ar mask2 +.Ar len3 +.Ar mask3 +.Ar len4 +.Ar mask4 .Ar mask .Sh DESCRIPTION The @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ A multibyte character in the fourth codeset consists of .Ar len4 bytes starting with the byte 0x8f. .Pp -The +The .Ev rune_t encoding of .Nm EUC diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/euc.5 b/lib/libc/locale/euc.5 index ce319ba..548d9ca 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/euc.5 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/euc.5 @@ -42,18 +42,18 @@ .Nm euc .Nd EUC encoding of runes .Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm ENCODING +.Nm ENCODING .Qq EUC .Pp .Nm VARIABLE -.Ar len1 -.Ar mask1 -.Ar len2 -.Ar mask2 -.Ar len3 -.Ar mask3 -.Ar len4 -.Ar mask4 +.Ar len1 +.Ar mask1 +.Ar len2 +.Ar mask2 +.Ar len3 +.Ar mask3 +.Ar len4 +.Ar mask4 .Ar mask .Sh DESCRIPTION The @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ A multibyte character in the fourth codeset consists of .Ar len4 bytes starting with the byte 0x8f. .Pp -The +The .Ev rune_t encoding of .Nm EUC diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/isalnum.3 b/lib/libc/locale/isalnum.3 index 4a69ff9..6b239aa 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/isalnum.3 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/isalnum.3 @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn isalnum -function tests for any character for which +function tests for any character for which .Xr isalpha 3 or .Xr isdigit 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/isalpha.3 b/lib/libc/locale/isalpha.3 index 80953cd..54d7e206 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/isalpha.3 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/isalpha.3 @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS .Fd #include -.Ft int +.Ft int .Fn isalpha "int c" .Sh DESCRIPTION The diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/isascii.3 b/lib/libc/locale/isascii.3 index 027f794..0a67f79 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/isascii.3 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/isascii.3 @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The .Fn isascii function tests for an .Tn ASCII -character, which is any character +character, which is any character between 0 and octal 0177 inclusive. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr ctype 3 , diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/mbrune.3 b/lib/libc/locale/mbrune.3 index 680b01e..959f839 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/mbrune.3 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/mbrune.3 @@ -133,11 +133,11 @@ if the character does not appear in the string. The .Fn mbmb function -returns a pointer to the +returns a pointer to the .Fa pattern , or .Dv NULL -if the +if the .Fa pattern does not appear in the string. .Sh "SEE ALSO diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/multibyte.3 b/lib/libc/locale/multibyte.3 index a78a4a2..52ee84e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/multibyte.3 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/multibyte.3 @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ the result in .Fa mbchar . The object pointed to by .Fa mbchar -must be large enough to accommodate the multibyte character. +must be large enough to accommodate the multibyte character. .Pp The .Fn mbstowcs diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/rune.3 b/lib/libc/locale/rune.3 index a945274..04bbdc7 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/rune.3 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/rune.3 @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ will point to If there is an encoding error at the start of .Fa string , .Dv _INVALID_RUNE -is returned and +is returned and .Fa *result will point to the second character of .Fa string . @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ is not .Fa *result will be set to .Dv NULL . -In all cases, +In all cases, .Fn sputrune will return the number of bytes which would be needed to store .Fa rune @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ The .Fn fgetrune function operates the same as .Fn sgetrune -with the exception that it attempts to read enough bytes from +with the exception that it attempts to read enough bytes from .Fa stream to decode a single rune. It returns either .Dv EOF @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ function pushes the multibyte encoding, as provided by of .Fa rune onto -.Fa stream +.Fa stream such that the next .Fn fgetrune call will return @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ as a multibyte string. .Bl -tag -width /usr/share/locale/locale/LC_CTYPE -compact .It Pa $PATH_LOCALE/ Ns Em locale Ns /LC_CTYPE .It Pa /usr/share/locale/ Ns Em locale Ns /LC_CTYPE -binary LC_CTYPE file for the locale +binary LC_CTYPE file for the locale .Em locale . .El .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/setlocale.3 b/lib/libc/locale/setlocale.3 index 5c1659a..8f987e6 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/setlocale.3 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/setlocale.3 @@ -286,9 +286,9 @@ or .Bl -tag -width /usr/share/locale/locale/category -compact .It Pa $PATH_LOCALE/ Ns Em locale/category .It Pa /usr/share/locale/ Ns Em locale/category -locale file for the locale +locale file for the locale .Em locale -and the category +and the category .Em category . .El .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/toupper.3 b/lib/libc/locale/toupper.3 index 337a205..f9734e2 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/toupper.3 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/toupper.3 @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn toupper -function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding +function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding upper-case letter. For single C .Va char Ns s diff --git a/lib/libc/net/addr2ascii.3 b/lib/libc/net/addr2ascii.3 index ced7349..b9f6fa9 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/addr2ascii.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/addr2ascii.3 @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" no representations about the suitability of this software for any .\" purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied .\" warranty. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY M.I.T. ``AS IS''. M.I.T. DISCLAIMS .\" ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, .\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ inet_ntoa(struct in_addr addr) int inet_aton(const char *ascii, struct in_addr *addr) { - return (ascii2addr(AF_INET, ascii, addr) + return (ascii2addr(AF_INET, ascii, addr) == sizeof(*addr)); } .Ed diff --git a/lib/libc/net/byteorder.3 b/lib/libc/net/byteorder.3 index 0785911..cae00a7 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/byteorder.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/byteorder.3 @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ and .Sh HISTORY The .Nm byteorder -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.2 . .Sh BUGS On the diff --git a/lib/libc/net/ethers.3 b/lib/libc/net/ethers.3 index a1dc7a1..6a9ea552 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/ethers.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/ethers.3 @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ and functions map ethernet addresses to their corresponding hostnames as specified in the .Pa /etc/ethers -database. +database. .Fn ether_ntohost converts from ethernet address to hostname, and .Fn ether_hostton @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ structure and the hostname in the supplied string .Ar h . .Pp -On success, +On success, .Fn ether_ntoa returns a pointer to a string containing an .Tn ASCII diff --git a/lib/libc/net/gethostbyname.3 b/lib/libc/net/gethostbyname.3 index 0c3772e..7d78f96 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/gethostbyname.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/gethostbyname.3 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ If the flag is non-zero, this sets the option to send all queries to the name server using .Tn TCP -and to retain the connection after each call to +and to retain the connection after each call to .Fn gethostbyname , .Fn gethostbyname2 or @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ if ((hp = gethostbyaddr((const char *)&ip, printf("name associated with %s is %s\en", ipstr, hp->h_name); .Ed .Sh DIAGNOSTICS -Error return status from +Error return status from .Fn gethostbyname , .Fn gethostbyname2 and @@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ A retry at some later time may succeed. Some unexpected server failure was encountered. This is a non-recoverable error. .It Dv NO_DATA -The requested name is valid but does not have an IP address; -this is not a temporary error. +The requested name is valid but does not have an IP address; +this is not a temporary error. This means that the name is known to the name server but there is no address associated with this name. Another type of request to the name server using this domain name @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ closes the file. .Sh HISTORY The .Fn herror -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.3 . The .Fn endhostent , diff --git a/lib/libc/net/getnetent.3 b/lib/libc/net/getnetent.3 index 92e4970..23e90ae 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/getnetent.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/getnetent.3 @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet network. This structure contains either the information obtained -from the nameserver, +from the nameserver, .Xr named 8 , broken-out fields of a line in the network data base .Pa /etc/networks , or entries supplied by the -.Xr yp 4 +.Xr yp 4 system. The order of the lookups is controlled by the -`networks' entry in +`networks' entry in .Xr nsswitch.conf 5 . .Pp .Bd -literal -offset indent @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ function opens and rewinds the file. If the .Fa stayopen flag is non-zero, -the net data base will not be closed after each call to +the net data base will not be closed after each call to .Fn getnetbyname or .Fn getnetbyaddr . @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ The .Fn setnetent , and .Fn endnetent -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.2 . .Sh BUGS The data space used by diff --git a/lib/libc/net/getprotoent.3 b/lib/libc/net/getprotoent.3 index a24d995..d073ac0 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/getprotoent.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/getprotoent.3 @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ function opens and rewinds the file. If the .Fa stayopen flag is non-zero, -the net data base will not be closed after each call to +the net data base will not be closed after each call to .Fn getprotobyname or .Fn getprotobynumber . @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The .Fn setprotoent , and .Fn endprotoent -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.2 . .Sh BUGS These functions use a static data space; diff --git a/lib/libc/net/getservent.3 b/lib/libc/net/getservent.3 index e1569d45..5a0258e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/getservent.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/getservent.3 @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ .Sh SYNOPSIS .Fd #include .Ft struct servent * -.Fn getservent +.Fn getservent .Ft struct servent * .Fn getservbyname "const char *name" "const char *proto" .Ft struct servent * @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ function opens and rewinds the file. If the .Fa stayopen flag is non-zero, -the net data base will not be closed after each call to +the net data base will not be closed after each call to .Fn getservbyname or .Fn getservbyport . @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ or until .Dv EOF is encountered. If a protocol name is also supplied (non- -.Dv NULL ) , +.Dv NULL ) , searches must also match the protocol. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /etc/services -compact @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ The .Fn setservent , and .Fn endservent -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.2 . .Sh BUGS These functions use static data storage; diff --git a/lib/libc/net/inet.3 b/lib/libc/net/inet.3 index 99e7791..f9ce2c6 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/inet.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/inet.3 @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ .Fd #include .Fd #include .Fd #include -.Ft int +.Ft int .Fn inet_aton "const char *cp" "struct in_addr *pin" .Ft in_addr_t .Fn inet_addr "const char *cp" @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ .Fn inet_ntop "int af" "const void *src" "char *dst" "size_t size" .Ft int .Fn inet_pton "int af" "const char *src" "void *dst" -.Ft struct in_addr +.Ft struct in_addr .Fn inet_makeaddr "in_addr_t net" "in_addr_t lna" .Ft in_addr_t .Fn inet_lnaof "struct in_addr in" @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ This is a narrower input set than that accepted by .Fn inet_aton . .Sh HISTORY These -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.2 . .Sh BUGS The value diff --git a/lib/libc/net/inet6_option_space.3 b/lib/libc/net/inet6_option_space.3 index 8236548..c2338fc 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/inet6_option_space.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/inet6_option_space.3 @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ called for a given ancillary data object, .Fa *tptrp must be set to .Dv NULL . -.Pp +.Pp Each time this function returns success, .Fa *tptrp points to the 8-bit @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ return .Li -1 setting .Fa *tptrp -to non +to non .Dv NULL value. .\" diff --git a/lib/libc/net/iso_addr.3 b/lib/libc/net/iso_addr.3 index 5f825c0..4bc3ed1 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/iso_addr.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/iso_addr.3 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ addresses and returns .Tn ASCII strings representing NSAPs (network service access points) in a -notation inverse to that accepted by +notation inverse to that accepted by .Fn iso_addr . .Pp Unfortunately, no universal standard exists for representing @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ The .Fn iso_addr and .Fn iso_ntoa -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.3 Reno . .Sh BUGS The returned values diff --git a/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3 b/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3 index 23932cb..7631c4a 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3 @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ The .Fn link_addr and .Fn link_ntoa -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.3 Reno . .Sh BUGS The returned values for link_ntoa diff --git a/lib/libc/net/ns.3 b/lib/libc/net/ns.3 index 4d545e3..e8cc2ec 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/ns.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/ns.3 @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ address conversion routines .Sh SYNOPSIS .Fd #include .Fd #include -.Ft struct ns_addr +.Ft struct ns_addr .Fn ns_addr "char *cp" .Ft char * .Fn ns_ntoa "struct ns_addr ns" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ notation in common use in the Xerox Development Environment: .Ed .Pp Trailing zero fields are suppressed, and each number is printed in hexadecimal, -in a format suitable for input to +in a format suitable for input to .Fn ns_addr . Any fields lacking super-decimal digits will have a trailing @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ The .Fn ns_addr and .Fn ns_toa -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.3 . .Sh BUGS The string returned by diff --git a/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3 b/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3 index 7ed6345..8d7a686 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3 @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn nsdispatch -function invokes the callback functions specified in +function invokes the callback functions specified in .Va dtab in the order given in .Pa /etc/nsswitch.conf @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ The last entry in should contain .Dv NULL values for -.Va src , +.Va src , .Va cb , and .Va cb_data . @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ For each default source type, an entry with set to the name of the source, and .Va flags set to the relevant flags -(usually +(usually .Dv NS_SUCCESS ; refer to .Sx Callback return values @@ -203,9 +203,9 @@ The routines first appeared in .Fx 4.1 . They were imported from the -.Nx +.Nx Project, -where they appeared first in +where they appeared first in .Nx 1.4 . .Sh AUTHORS Luke Mewburn diff --git a/lib/libc/net/rcmd.3 b/lib/libc/net/rcmd.3 index abc6017..08b6e72 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/rcmd.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/rcmd.3 @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ If the connection succeeds, a socket in the Internet domain of type .Dv SOCK_STREAM is returned to the caller, and given to the remote -command as +command as .Em stdin and .Em stdout . @@ -122,10 +122,10 @@ signal numbers, to be forwarded to the process group of the command. If .Fa fd2p -is 0, then the +is 0, then the .Em stderr (unit 2 of the remote -command) will be made the same as the +command) will be made the same as the .Em stdout and no provision is made for sending arbitrary signals to the remote process, @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ The .Fn rresvport function is used to obtain a socket to which an address with a Privileged Internet port is bound. -This socket is suitable for use by +This socket is suitable for use by .Fn rcmd and several other functions. Privileged Internet ports are those in the range 0 to 1023. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ is overloaded to mean ``All network ports in use.'' .Re .Sh HISTORY Most of these -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.2 . .Fn rresvport_af appeared in RFC2292, and was implemented by the WIDE project diff --git a/lib/libc/net/resolver.3 b/lib/libc/net/resolver.3 index 4870992..2771e9b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/resolver.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/resolver.3 @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ .Fa "int anslen" .Fc .Ft int -.Fn res_init +.Fn res_init .Ft int .Fo dn_comp .Fa "const char *exp_dn" @@ -418,5 +418,5 @@ see .Sh HISTORY The .Nm -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/libc/nls/catclose.3 b/lib/libc/nls/catclose.3 index 0fcbfe9..c29b45d 100644 --- a/lib/libc/nls/catclose.3 +++ b/lib/libc/nls/catclose.3 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn catclose -function closes the message catalog specified by the argument +function closes the message catalog specified by the argument .Fa catd . .Sh RETURN VALUES .Rv -std catclose diff --git a/lib/libc/nls/catgets.3 b/lib/libc/nls/catgets.3 index fda5f36..f566abb 100644 --- a/lib/libc/nls/catgets.3 +++ b/lib/libc/nls/catgets.3 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm catgets -.Nd retrieve string from message catalog +.Nd retrieve string from message catalog .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS @@ -40,20 +40,20 @@ .Ft char * .Fn catgets "nl_catd catd" "int set_id" "int msg_id" "const char *s" .Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Fn catgets +The +.Fn catgets function attempts to retrieve message .Fa msg_id of set .Fa set_id from the message catalog referenced by the descriptor .Fa catd . -The argument +The argument .Fa s points to a default message which is returned if the function is unable to retrieve the specified message. .Sh RETURN VALUES -If the specified message was retrieved successfully, +If the specified message was retrieved successfully, .Fn catgets returns a pointer to an internal buffer containing the message string; otherwise it returns diff --git a/lib/libc/nls/catopen.3 b/lib/libc/nls/catopen.3 index 68cf893..4c0dccc 100644 --- a/lib/libc/nls/catopen.3 +++ b/lib/libc/nls/catopen.3 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm catopen -.Nd open message catalog +.Nd open message catalog .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS @@ -40,21 +40,21 @@ .Ft nl_catd .Fn catopen "const char *name" "int oflag" .Sh DESCRIPTION -The +The .Fn catopen function opens the message catalog specified by -.Fa name +.Fa name and returns a message catalog descriptor. If .Fa name contains a -.Sq / -then +.Sq / +then .Fa name -specifies the full pathname for the message catalog, otherwise the value +specifies the full pathname for the message catalog, otherwise the value of the environment variable -.Ev NLSPATH -is used with +.Ev NLSPATH +is used with the following substitutions: .Bl -tag -width XXX .It \&%N @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ environment variable or from the .Dv LC_MESSAGES category. .It \&%% -A single % character. +A single % character. .El .Pp An empty string is substituted for undefined values. @@ -124,11 +124,11 @@ until a successful call to one of the .Xr exec 3 function. .Sh RETURN VALUES -Upon successful completion, +Upon successful completion, .Fn catopen returns a message catalog descriptor. Otherwise, (nl_catd) -1 is returned and -.Va errno +.Va errno is set to indicate the error. .Sh ERRORS .Bl -tag -width Er diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl.3 index 39822b8..6f74b8b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl.3 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ POSIX.1e is described in IEEE POSIX.1e draft 17. Discussion of the draft continues on the cross-platform POSIX.1e implementation mailing list. To join this list, see the -.Fx +.Fx POSIX.1e implementation page for more information. .Sh HISTORY POSIX.1e support was introduced in diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_delete.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_delete.3 index 2aa3f15..2b21bf9 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_delete.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_delete.3 @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ The file system is read-only. POSIX.1e is described in IEEE POSIX.1e draft 17. Discussion of the draft continues on the cross-platform POSIX.1e implementation mailing list. To join this list, see the -.Fx +.Fx POSIX.1e implementation page for more information. .Sh HISTORY diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_from_text.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_from_text.3 index 578e3f7..13a1f42 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_from_text.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_from_text.3 @@ -111,12 +111,12 @@ rely on the library calls to manage username and uid mapping, as well as the .Xr getgrent 3 library calls to manage groupname and gid mapping. These calls are not -thread safe, and so transitively, neither are +thread safe, and so transitively, neither are .Fn acl_from_text and .Fn acl_to_text . These functions may also interfere with stateful -calls associated with the +calls associated with the .Fn getpwent and .Fn getgrent diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_get.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_get.3 index ee8ab54..5121d1a 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_get.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_get.3 @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ The and .Fn acl_get_fd_np each allow the retrieval of an ACL from a file. -.Fn acl_get_file +.Fn acl_get_file is a POSIX.1e call that allows the retrieval of a specified type of ACL from a file by name; -.Fn acl_get_fd +.Fn acl_get_fd is a POSIX.1e call that allows the retrieval of an ACL of type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS from a file descriptor. diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_set.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_set.3 index 12abb92..17a8db0 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_set.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_set.3 @@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ and each associate an ACL with an object referred to by .Va fd or -.Va path_p . +.Va path_p . All except .Fn acl_set_fd_np are POSIX.1e calls-- .Fn acl_set_fd allows only the setting of ACLs of type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS -where as +where as .Fn acl_set_fd_np allows the setting of ACLs of any type. .Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_to_text.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_to_text.3 index b28fd59..eb990a2 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_to_text.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_to_text.3 @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ .Ft char * .Fn acl_to_text "acl_t acl" "ssize_t *len_p" .Sh DESCRIPTION -The +The .Fn acl_to_text function translates the ACL pointed to by argument .Va acl diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_valid.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_valid.3 index 1418d3c..a395df6 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_valid.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_valid.3 @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ then one ACL_MASK entry shall also be required. The ACL shall contain at most on ACL_MASK entry. .Pp The qualifier field shall be unique among all entries of -the same POSIX.1e ACL facility defined tag type. The +the same POSIX.1e ACL facility defined tag type. The tag type field shall contain valid values including any implementation-defined values. Validation of the values of the qualifier field is implementation-defined. @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ of the qualifier field is implementation-defined. The POSIX.1e .Fn acl_valid function may reorder the ACL for the purposes of verification; the -non-portable validation functions will not. +non-portable validation functions will not. .Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES .Fx Ns 's support for POSIX.1e interfaces and features is still under diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap.3 index 26d977e..0aa782b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap.3 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ This function is described in .Xr cap_free 3 , and may be used to free a capability structure. .It Fn cap_from_text -This function is described in +This function is described in .Xr cap_from_text 3 , and may be used to convert a text-form capability to its internal representation. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ ACLs are available, this capability overrides the ACL execute access restrictions when accessing an object. .It Dv CAP_DAC_WRITE This capability overrides file mode write access restrictions when access an -object, and, if +object, and, if .Xr posix1e 3 ACLs are available, this capability also overrides the ACL write access restrictions when accessing an object. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ capability set when invoking .It Dv CAP_SYS_SETFFLAG This capability overrides the restriction that a process cannot manipulate the system file flags on a file system object. -For portability, equivilent to +For portability, equivilent to .Dv CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE . .It Dv CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE This capability overrides network namespace restrictions on process's @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ configure, or disable system process accounting. .It Dv CAP_SYS_ADMIN .It Dv CAP_SYS_BOOT This capability overrides the restriction that a process cannot invoke -the +the .Xr boot 2 system call. .It Dv CAP_SYS_NICE @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ use in the short term. POSIX.1e is described in IEEE POSIX.1e draft 17. Discussion of the draft continues on the cross-platform POSIX.1e implementation mailing list. To join this list, see the -.Fx +.Fx POSIX.1e implementation page for more information. .Sh HISTORY diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_clear.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_clear.3 index 97c7958..5f305cb 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_clear.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_clear.3 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities +.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities .\" .Dd April 1, 2000 .Dt CAP_CLEAR 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_dup.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_dup.3 index 0f29656..9ea0396 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_dup.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_dup.3 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities +.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities .\" .Dd April 1, 2000 .Dt CAP_DUP 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_free.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_free.3 index 03a62d4..3f6e192 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_free.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_free.3 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities +.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities .\" .Dd April 1, 2000 .Dt CAP_FREE 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_flag.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_flag.3 index beb3f6e..1f8ab20 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_flag.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_flag.3 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities +.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities .\" .Dd April 1, 2000 .Dt CAP_GET_FLAG 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_proc.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_proc.3 index 67ff185..2ebf5c8 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_proc.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_proc.3 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities +.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities .\" .Dd April 1, 2000 .Dt CAP_GET_PROC 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_init.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_init.3 index 7705bc5..753ced9 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_init.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_init.3 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities +.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities .\" .Dd April 1, 2000 .Dt CAP_INIT 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_flag.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_flag.3 index 641439a..ef74d10 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_flag.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_flag.3 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities +.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities .\" .Dd April 1, 2000 .Dt CAP_SET_FLAG 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_proc.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_proc.3 index b0b78b8..f3dfae3 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_proc.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_proc.3 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities +.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities .\" .Dd April 1, 2000 .Dt CAP_SET_PROC 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_to_text.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_to_text.3 index 22feeff..ea6b522 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_to_text.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_to_text.3 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/posix1e.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/posix1e.3 index 05304f8..7c8af19 100644 --- a/lib/libc/posix1e/posix1e.3 +++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/posix1e.3 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Access Control are in the wings, and Information Flow Labels are not on the calendar. .Pp POSIX.1e defines both syntax and semantics for these features, but fairly -substantial changes are required to implement these features in the +substantial changes are required to implement these features in the operating system. As shipped, .Fx 4.0 permits file systems to export diff --git a/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7 b/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7 index b6fb9de..2b6655c 100644 --- a/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7 +++ b/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7 @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ and stands for the sequence of characters of that collating element. The sequence is a single element of the bracket expression's list. -A bracket expression containing a multi-character collating element +A bracket expression containing a multi-character collating element can thus match more than one character, e.g. if the collating sequence includes a .Ql ch @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ RE or the beginning of a parenthesized subexpression Finally, there is one new type of atom, a .Em back reference : .Ql \e -followed by a non-zero decimal digit +followed by a non-zero decimal digit .Em d matches the same sequence of characters matched by the diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3 index bfb011e..e3996ea 100644 --- a/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3 +++ b/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3 @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ may also fail and set for any of the errors specified for the calls .Xr bind 2 , .Xr getsockopt 2 , -or +or .Xr setsockopt 2 . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr bind 2 , diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/getrpcent.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/getrpcent.3 index 6a02ca1..3f03c18 100644 --- a/lib/libc/rpc/getrpcent.3 +++ b/lib/libc/rpc/getrpcent.3 @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ flag is non-zero, the net data base will not be closed after each call to .Fn getrpcent (either directly, or indirectly through one of -the other +the other .Dq getrpc calls). .Pp @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ program number is found, or until end-of-file is encountered. .Sh DIAGNOSTICS A .Dv NULL -pointer is returned on +pointer is returned on .Dv EOF or error. .Sh BUGS diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_auth.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_auth.3 index 89feb76..43af256 100644 --- a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_auth.3 +++ b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_auth.3 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ style of authentication is discussed here. .Bl -tag -width authsys_create_default() .It Fn auth_destroy A function macro that destroys the authentication -information associated with +information associated with .Fa auth . Destruction usually involves deallocation of private data structures. diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_calls.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_calls.3 index 55beca5..134e083 100644 --- a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_calls.3 +++ b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_calls.3 @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ is the address of where to place the result(s). .Fa nettype can be any of the values listed on .Xr rpc 3 . -This routine returns +This routine returns .Dv RPC_SUCCESS if it succeeds, or an appropriate status is returned. diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/fgets.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/fgets.3 index c84d6bd..427b88e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/fgets.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/fgets.3 @@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ if any, is sufficiently short to fit in the string. .Sh RETURN VALUES Upon successful completion, .Fn fgets -and +and .Fn gets return a pointer to the string. -If end-of-file occurs before any characters are read, +If end-of-file occurs before any characters are read, they return .Dv NULL and the buffer contents is unchanged. diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/fseek.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/fseek.3 index f12e047..9a58668 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/fseek.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/fseek.3 @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding .Fa offset bytes to the position specified by .Fa whence . -If +If .Fa whence is set to .Dv SEEK_SET , @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ and (with whence set to .Dv SEEK_SET ) , setting and storing the current value of -the file offset into or from the object referenced by +the file offset into or from the object referenced by .Fa pos . On some .Pq non- Ns Tn UNIX @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ is not a seekable stream. .It Bq Er EINVAL The .Fa whence -argument to +argument to .Fn fseek was not .Dv SEEK_SET , @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ was not or .Dv SEEK_CUR . .It Bq Er EOVERFLOW -For +For .Fn ftell , the resulting file offset would be a value which cannot be represented correctly in an object of type long. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ for any of the errors specified for the routines .Xr fflush 3 , .Xr fstat 2 , .Xr lseek 2 , -and +and .Xr malloc 3 . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr lseek 2 @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ conform to .St -isoC . .Pp The -.Fn fseeko +.Fn fseeko and .Fn ftello functions conform to diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/funopen.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/funopen.3 index b035514..e1d0040 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/funopen.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/funopen.3 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ The function associates a stream with up to four .Dq Tn I/O No functions . -Either +Either .Fa readfn or .Fa writefn @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ close the new stream. .Pp In general, omitting a function means that any attempt to perform the associated operation on the resulting stream will fail. -If the close function is omitted, closing the stream will flush +If the close function is omitted, closing the stream will flush any buffered output and then succeed. .Pp The calling conventions of @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ and .Xr close 2 with the single exception that they are passed the .Fa cookie -argument specified to +argument specified to .Fn funopen in place of the traditional file descriptor argument. .Pp @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Additionally, all of the functions should set the external variable .Va errno appropriately if an error occurs. .Pp -An error on +An error on .Fn closefn does not keep the stream open. .Pp @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ as calls to .Fn funopen with only a read or write function specified. .Sh RETURN VALUES -Upon successful completion, +Upon successful completion, .Fn funopen returns a .Dv FILE diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/getc.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/getc.3 index bd099ab..db69606 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/getc.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/getc.3 @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ .Ft int .Fn getc "FILE *stream" .Ft int -.Fn getchar +.Fn getchar .Ft int .Fn getw "FILE *stream" .Sh DESCRIPTION diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3 index 1f79e4f..27fc969 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3 @@ -166,25 +166,25 @@ to any value specified by the function. .Sh NOTES A common problem that results in a core dump is that the programmer -passes in a read-only string to +passes in a read-only string to .Fn mktemp , .Fn mkstemp , .Fn mkstemps or .Fn mkdtemp . -This is common with programs that were developed before +This is common with programs that were developed before .St -isoC compilers were common. For example, calling .Fn mkstemp -with an argument of +with an argument of .Qq /tmp/tempfile.XXXXXX -will result in a core dump due to +will result in a core dump due to .Fn mkstemp attempting to modify the string constant that was given. If the program in question makes heavy use of that type of function call, you do have the option of compiling the program -so that it will store string constants in a writable segment of memory. +so that it will store string constants in a writable segment of memory. See .Xr gcc 1 for more information. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ are used to increase the number of possible temporary filenames. This makes the race in .Fn mktemp , -between testing for a file's existence (in the +between testing for a file's existence (in the .Fn mktemp function call) and opening it for use @@ -232,13 +232,13 @@ The .Fn mkstemp function appeared in .Bx 4.4 . -The +The .Fn mkdtemp function first appeared in .Ox 2.2 , and later in .Fx 3.2 . -The +The .Fn mkstemps function first appeared in .Ox 2.4 , diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/remove.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/remove.3 index 6627afa..a79219f 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/remove.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/remove.3 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ is the equivalent of Otherwise, it is the equivalent of .Fn unlink "path" . .Sh RETURN VALUES -Upon successful completion, +Upon successful completion, .Fn remove returns 0. Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/setbuf.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/setbuf.3 index 28451580..d2b2056 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/setbuf.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/setbuf.3 @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ output or input is read from any stream attached to a terminal device The function .Xr fflush 3 may be used to force the block out early. -(See +(See .Xr fclose 3 . ) .Pp Normally all files are block buffered. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ The parameter may be given as zero to obtain deferred optimal-size buffer allocation as usual. If it is not zero, -then except for unbuffered files, the +then except for unbuffered files, the .Fa buf argument should point to a buffer at least .Fa size @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ but may have peculiar side effects (such as discarding input or flushing output) if the stream is ``active''. Portable applications should call it only once on any given stream, -and before any +and before any .Tn I/O is performed. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/stdio.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/stdio.3 index c7dc30d..f91e2f7 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/stdio.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/stdio.3 @@ -117,10 +117,10 @@ At program startup, three streams are predefined and need not be opened explicitly: .Bl -bullet -compact -offset indent .It -.Em standard input +.Em standard input (for reading conventional input), .It -.Em standard output +.Em standard output (for writing conventional output), and .It .Em standard error diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/tmpnam.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/tmpnam.3 index 0c4e861..9a9d037 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/tmpnam.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/tmpnam.3 @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ In either case, .Fn tmpnam returns a pointer to the file name. .Pp -The buffer referenced by +The buffer referenced by .Fa str is expected to be at least .Dv L_tmpnam diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3 index d7b48a0..db0ea46 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ The .Fn alloca function -allocates +allocates .Fa size bytes of space in the stack frame of the caller. This temporary space is automatically freed on @@ -76,6 +76,6 @@ is machine dependent; its use is discouraged. .\" .Fn alloca .\" function appeared in .\" .Bx ?? . -.\" The function appeared in 32v, pwb and pwb.2 and in 3bsd 4bsd +.\" The function appeared in 32v, pwb and pwb.2 and in 3bsd 4bsd .\" The first man page (or link to a man page that I can find at the .\" moment is 4.3... diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3 index 8100796..a148f5e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3 @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ The .Fn bsearch function searches an array of .Fa nmemb -objects, the initial member of which is +objects, the initial member of which is pointed to by .Fa base , for a member that matches the object pointed to by .Fa key . -The size of each member of the array is specified by +The size of each member of the array is specified by .Fa size . .Pp The contents of the array should be in ascending sorted order according diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3 index 4b6dd78..663eea6 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ function. Passing arbitrary values back to the environment as .Ar status is considered bad style; -you should use the values +you should use the values .Dv EXIT_SUCCESS and .Dv EXIT_FAILURE . diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3 index e639b52..a0feb2b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ the given arguments .Ar name and .Ar value -may be appended and prepended, +may be appended and prepended, respectively, with an equal sign .Dq Li \&= . diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 index 70857b9..bf1549f 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ The .Fn getopt function returns \-1 -when the argument list is exhausted, or +when the argument list is exhausted, or .Ql ?\& if a non-recognized option is encountered. @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ Setting .Va opterr to a zero will disable these error messages. If -.Va optstring -has a leading +.Va optstring +has a leading .Ql \&: then a missing option argument causes a .Ql \&: @@ -202,13 +202,13 @@ function appeared in The .Fn getopt function was once specified to return -.Dv EOF +.Dv EOF instead of \-1. This was changed by .St -p1003.2-92 -to decouple +to decouple .Fn getopt -from +from .Pa . .Pp A single dash diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 index f49604d..67e84e9 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ The ``name'' of the file referenced by the symbolic link named the value of the environment variable .Ev MALLOC_OPTIONS , and the string pointed to by the global variable -.Va _malloc_options +.Va _malloc_options will be interpreted, in that order, character by character as flags. .Pp Most flags are single letters, @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Attempting to allocate zero bytes will return a .Dv NULL pointer instead of a valid pointer. -(The default behavior is to make a minimal allocation and return a +(The default behavior is to make a minimal allocation and return a pointer to it.) This option is provided for System V compatibility. This option is incompatible with the @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ The and .Dq Z options are intended for testing and debugging. -An application which changes its behavior when these options are used +An application which changes its behavior when these options are used is flawed. .Sh EXAMPLES To set a systemwide reduction of cache size, and to dump core whenever @@ -324,8 +324,8 @@ done by a process. .Ed .Pp A side effect of this architecture is that many minor transgressions on -the interface which would traditionally not be detected are in fact -detected. As a result, programs that have been running happily for +the interface which would traditionally not be detected are in fact +detected. As a result, programs that have been running happily for years may suddenly start to complain loudly, when linked with this allocation implementation. .Pp @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ There are a number of allocation implementations available on the 'Net which focus on detecting and pinpointing problems by trading performance for extra sanity checks and detailed diagnostics. .Sh DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES -If +If .Fn malloc , .Fn calloc , .Fn realloc @@ -461,8 +461,8 @@ functions conform to .St -isoC . .Sh HISTORY The present allocation implementation started out as a filesystem for a -drum attached to a 20bit binary challenged computer which was built -with discrete germanium transistors. It has since graduated to +drum attached to a 20bit binary challenged computer which was built +with discrete germanium transistors. It has since graduated to handle primary storage rather than secondary. It first appeared in its new shape and ability in .Fx 2.2 . diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3 index 7c09dac..da4df56 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3 @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ The function .Fn mergesort requires additional memory of size .Fa nmemb * -.Fa size +.Fa size bytes; it should be used only when space is not at a premium. .Fn Mergesort is optimized for data with pre-existing order; its worst case diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3 index 7ce7156..90a52c6 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Applications may specify a sort order by providing the .Fa table argument. If -.Pf non- Dv NULL , +.Pf non- Dv NULL , .Fa table must reference an array of .Dv UCHAR_MAX @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ particular, see D.E. Knuth's Algorithm R and section 5.2.5, exercise 10. They take linear time relative to the number of bytes in the strings. .Sh RETURN VALUES Upon successful completion 0 is returned. -Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable +Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable .Va errno is set to indicate the error. .Sh ERRORS diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3 index 6db19d5..d9c7b54 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3 @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ These sequences are repeatable by calling with the same seed value. .Pp If no -.Fa seed +.Fa seed value is provided, the functions are automatically seeded with a value of 1. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 index a17c1b7..4121c83 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS .Fd #include -.Ft long +.Ft long .Fn random void .Ft void .Fn srandom "unsigned long seed" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ The period of this random number generator is very large, approximately .if n 16*((2**31)\(mi1). .Pp The -.Fn random +.Fn random and .Fn srandom functions have (almost) the same calling sequence and initialization properties as the @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Like will by default produce a sequence of numbers that can be duplicated by calling .Fn srandom -with +with .Ql 1 as the seed. .Pp @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ messages are printed on the standard error output. .Xr random 4 .Sh HISTORY These -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.2 . .Sh BUGS About 2/3 the speed of diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3 index 9e50e7d..5176770 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3 @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ refer to a buffer capable of storing at least .Dv MAXPATHLEN characters. .Pp -The +The .Fn realpath function will resolve both absolute and relative paths and return the absolute pathname corresponding to diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3 index d0d335c..6b65e21 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3 @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ string to double .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn strtod -function converts the initial portion of the string +function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by .Fa nptr to @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ is stored in If the correct value would cause underflow, zero is returned and .Er ERANGE -is stored in +is stored in .Va errno . .Sh ERRORS .Bl -tag -width Er diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3 index ef9b06f..d0afe05 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3 @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ The function returns the exit status of the shell as returned by .Xr waitpid 2 , -or \-1 if an error occurred when invoking +or \-1 if an error occurred when invoking .Xr fork 2 -or +or .Xr waitpid 2 . A return value of 127 means the execution of the shell failed. diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 index b6d66f8..7f17434 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF .\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" OpenBSD: tsearch.3,v 1.2 1998/06/21 22:13:49 millert Exp +.\" OpenBSD: tsearch.3,v 1.2 1998/06/21 22:13:49 millert Exp .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd June 15, 1997 @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ and calls the function on each node. .Fa Action is called with three arguments: a pointer to the current node, -a value from the enum +a value from the enum .Sy "typedef enum { preorder, postorder, endorder, leaf } VISIT;" specifying the traversal type, and a node level (where level zero is the root of the tree). diff --git a/lib/libc/stdtime/ctime.3 b/lib/libc/stdtime/ctime.3 index e3de91b..b3d53ef 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdtime/ctime.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdtime/ctime.3 @@ -148,9 +148,9 @@ except the caller must provide the output buffer to store the result, which must be at least 26 characters long. .Fn localtime_r and -.Fn gmtime_r -provide the same functionality as -.Fn localtime +.Fn gmtime_r +provide the same functionality as +.Fn localtime and .Fn gmtime respectively, except the caller must provide the output buffer @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ returns the difference between two calendar times, .Fa time0 ) , expressed in seconds. .Pp -External declarations as well as the tm structure definition are in the +External declarations as well as the tm structure definition are in the .Aq Pa time.h include file. The tm structure includes at least the following fields: @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ the time package contributed to Berkeley by and which appeared in .Bx 4.3 . .Sh BUGS -Except for +Except for .Fn difftime , .Fn mktime , and the diff --git a/lib/libc/stdtime/strptime.3 b/lib/libc/stdtime/strptime.3 index cda46cf..b69cbee 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdtime/strptime.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdtime/strptime.3 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ All conversion specifications are identical to those described in .Pp Two-digit year values, including formats .Fa %y -and +and .Fa \&%D , are now interpreted as beginning at 1969 per POSIX requirements. Years 69-00 are interpreted in the 20th century (1969-2000), years diff --git a/lib/libc/string/bcmp.3 b/lib/libc/string/bcmp.3 index 0e743a0..8d06b8b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/string/bcmp.3 +++ b/lib/libc/string/bcmp.3 @@ -70,5 +70,5 @@ The strings may overlap. .Sh HISTORY A .Fn bcmp -function first appeared in +function first appeared in .Bx 4.2 . diff --git a/lib/libc/string/bcopy.3 b/lib/libc/string/bcopy.3 index 7f3fa47..095ae05 100644 --- a/lib/libc/string/bcopy.3 +++ b/lib/libc/string/bcopy.3 @@ -70,5 +70,5 @@ is zero, no bytes are copied. .Sh HISTORY A .Fn bcopy -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.2 . diff --git a/lib/libc/string/bzero.3 b/lib/libc/string/bzero.3 index 1f4fbc5..73d3428 100644 --- a/lib/libc/string/bzero.3 +++ b/lib/libc/string/bzero.3 @@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ does nothing. A .Fn bzero function -appeared in +appeared in .Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/libc/string/index.3 b/lib/libc/string/index.3 index 1ec56e6..d023658 100644 --- a/lib/libc/string/index.3 +++ b/lib/libc/string/index.3 @@ -79,5 +79,5 @@ locates the terminating '\e0'. .Sh HISTORY A .Fn index -function appeared in +function appeared in .At v6 . diff --git a/lib/libc/string/rindex.3 b/lib/libc/string/rindex.3 index 0f9919c..e6c019f 100644 --- a/lib/libc/string/rindex.3 +++ b/lib/libc/string/rindex.3 @@ -81,5 +81,5 @@ locates the terminating .Sh HISTORY A .Fn rindex -function appeared in +function appeared in .At v6 . diff --git a/lib/libc/string/strlcpy.3 b/lib/libc/string/strlcpy.3 index c26a6f3..f22c897 100644 --- a/lib/libc/string/strlcpy.3 +++ b/lib/libc/string/strlcpy.3 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ as long as there is at least one byte free in Note that you should include a byte for the NUL in .Fa size . Also note that -.Fn strlcpy +.Fn strlcpy and .Fn strlcat only operate on true diff --git a/lib/libc/string/strtok.3 b/lib/libc/string/strtok.3 index 77837d2..6ad05cc 100644 --- a/lib/libc/string/strtok.3 +++ b/lib/libc/string/strtok.3 @@ -16,12 +16,12 @@ .\" .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notices, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" +.\" .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above .\" copyright notices, this list of conditions and the following .\" disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided .\" with the distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this .\" software must display the following acknowledgement: .\" @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ character. When no more tokens remain, a null pointer is returned. .Sh EXAMPLES The following uses -.Fn strtok_r +.Fn strtok_r to parse two strings using separate contexts: .Bd -literal char test[80], blah[80]; @@ -169,6 +169,6 @@ such a sequence of calls would always return Softweyr LLC: .Aq wes@softweyr.com .Pp -Based on the +Based on the .Fx 3.0 implementation. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/_exit.2 b/lib/libc/sys/_exit.2 index 50096e6..efeb4e8 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/_exit.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/_exit.2 @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ can never return. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn _exit -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY An diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/access.2 b/lib/libc/sys/access.2 index e37d069..6a11a00 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/access.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/access.2 @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn access -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh CAVEAT .Fn Access diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/acct.2 b/lib/libc/sys/acct.2 index 7b1c6c2..ed41171 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/acct.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/acct.2 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ If .Fa file is an .Em existing -pathname (null-terminated), record collection is enabled and for +pathname (null-terminated), record collection is enabled and for every process initiated which terminates under normal conditions an accounting record is appended to .Fa file . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/adjtime.2 b/lib/libc/sys/adjtime.2 index a6ddd8c..359b7ac 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/adjtime.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/adjtime.2 @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ of computers in a local area network. Such time servers would slow down the clocks of some machines and speed up the clocks of others to bring them to the average network time. .Pp -The call +The call .Fn adjtime is restricted to the super-user. .Sh RETURN VALUES diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/aio_error.2 b/lib/libc/sys/aio_error.2 index e27c973..af5cade 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/aio_error.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/aio_error.2 @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ associated with the structure pointed to by If the asynchronous I/O request has completed successfully, .Fn aio_error returns 0. If the request has not yet completed, -.Er EINPROGRESS +.Er EINPROGRESS is returned. If the request has completed unsuccessfully the error status is returned as described in .Xr read 2 , diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/aio_read.2 b/lib/libc/sys/aio_read.2 index 5dac793..839805e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/aio_read.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/aio_read.2 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ beginning at the offset .Fa iocb->aio_offset into the buffer pointed to by .Fa iocb->aio_buf . -The call returns immediately after the read request has +The call returns immediately after the read request has been enqueued to the descriptor; the read may or may not have completed at the time the call returns. .Pp @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ for these objects is discouraged. .Pp The asynchronous I/O control buffer .Fa iocb -should be zeroed before the +should be zeroed before the .Fn aio_read call to avoid passing bogus context information to the kernel. .Pp @@ -195,6 +195,6 @@ This manual page was written by .An Terry Lambert Aq terry@whistle.com . .Sh BUGS -Invalid information in +Invalid information in .Fa iocb->_aiocb_private may confuse the kernel. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/aio_return.2 b/lib/libc/sys/aio_return.2 index 3477288..64bc8c9 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/aio_return.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/aio_return.2 @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ associated with the structure pointed to by .Pp .Fn aio_return should only be called once, to obtain the final status of an asynchronous -I/O operation once +I/O operation once .Xr aio_error 2 returns something other than .Er EINPROGRESS . @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ or On failure, .Fn aio_return returns -.Dv -1 +.Dv -1 and sets .Dv errno to indicate the error condition. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/aio_suspend.2 b/lib/libc/sys/aio_suspend.2 index 333ad82..d59cb8d 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/aio_suspend.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/aio_suspend.2 @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ delivered, or the has passed. .Pp .Fa iocbs -is an array of +is an array of .Fa niocb pointers to asynchronous I/O requests. Array members containing NULL will be silently ignored. @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The function will fail if: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EAGAIN -the +the .Fa timeout expired before any I/O requests completed. .It Bq Er EINVAL diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/aio_write.2 b/lib/libc/sys/aio_write.2 index f099d43..8215720 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/aio_write.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/aio_write.2 @@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ the call returns. If the request could not be enqueued, generally due to invalid arguments, the call returns without having enqueued the request. .Pp -If -.Dv O_APPEND -is set for +If +.Dv O_APPEND +is set for .Fa iocb->aio_fildes , .Fn aio_write operations append to the file in the same order as the calls were @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ the absolute position from the beginning of the file plus .Fa iocb->aio_offset . .Pp If -.Dv _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO +.Dv _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO is defined, and the descriptor supports it, then the enqueued operation is submitted at a priority equal to that of the calling process minus @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ and the buffer that the member of that structure references must remain valid until the operation has completed. For this reason, use of auto (stack) variables for these objects is discouraged. -.Pp +.Pp The asynchronous I/O control buffer .Fa iocb should be zeroed before the diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 b/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 index ac8337e..56ab9a5 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION .Fn Bind assigns the local protocol address to a socket. -When a socket is created +When a socket is created with .Xr socket 2 it exists in an address family space but has no protocol address assigned. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ The call will fail if: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EAGAIN -Kernel resources to complete the request are +Kernel resources to complete the request are temporarily unavilable. .It Bq Er EBADF .Fa S diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/brk.2 b/lib/libc/sys/brk.2 index 97b2915..50c8196 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/brk.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/brk.2 @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ increased to the next page boundary. .\" .Pp The current value of the program break is reliably returned by .Dq Li sbrk(0) -(see also +(see also .Xr end 3 ) . The .Xr getrlimit 2 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ to support the expansion. Setting the break may fail due to a temporary lack of swap space. It is not possible to distinguish this from a failure caused by exceeding the maximum size of -the data segment without consulting +the data segment without consulting .Xr getrlimit 2 . .Sh HISTORY A diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/chdir.2 b/lib/libc/sys/chdir.2 index 7a9c716..bd969f9 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/chdir.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/chdir.2 @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ is not a valid file descriptor. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn chdir -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY A diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/chmod.2 b/lib/libc/sys/chmod.2 index 6a3120f..d003503 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/chmod.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/chmod.2 @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ For more details of the properties of the sticky bit, see If mode ISUID (set UID) is set on a directory, and the MNT_SUIDDIR option was used in the mount of the filesystem, then the owner of any new files and sub-directories -created within this directory are set +created within this directory are set to be the same as the owner of that directory. If this function is enabled, new directories will inherit the bit from their parents. Execute bits are removed from @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ such should not be used on shell machines, especially on home directories. This option requires the SUIDDIR option in the kernel to work. Only UFS filesystems support this option. -For more details of the suiddir mount option, see +For more details of the suiddir mount option, see .Xr mount 8 . .Pp Writing or changing the owner of a file @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn chmod -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 , except for the return of .Er EFTYPE diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/chown.2 b/lib/libc/sys/chown.2 index e049ad5..363893a 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/chown.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/chown.2 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ or referenced by .Fa fd is changed as specified by the arguments .Fa owner -and +and .Fa group . The owner of a file may change the .Fa group @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn chown -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY A diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2 b/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2 index db7336c..eeb9def 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2 @@ -67,26 +67,26 @@ This call is restricted to the super-user. Depending on the setting of the .Ql kern.chroot_allow_open_directories sysctl variable, open filedescriptors which reference directories -will make the +will make the .Fn chroot fail as follows: .Pp -If +If .Ql kern.chroot_allow_open_directories -is set to zero, +is set to zero, .Fn chroot will always fail with .Er EPERM if there are any directories open. .Pp -If +If .Ql kern.chroot_allow_open_directories -is set to one (the default), +is set to one (the default), .Fn chroot will fail with .Er EPERM if there are any directories open and the -process is already subject to a +process is already subject to a .Fn chroot call. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2 b/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2 index 24ead35..e392954 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2 @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ kernel mode. .Pp The structure pointed to by .Fa tp -is defined in +is defined in .Ao Pa sys/time.h Ac as: .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/close.2 b/lib/libc/sys/close.2 index 18ebe3c..98c35e0 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/close.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/close.2 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ However, the semantics of System V and dictate that all .Xr fcntl 2 advisory record locks associated with a file for a given process -are removed when +are removed when .Em any file descriptor for that file is closed by that process. .Pp @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ An interrupt was received. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn close -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY A diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/connect.2 b/lib/libc/sys/connect.2 index 7a8a59d..54adbb2 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/connect.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/connect.2 @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ The parameter specifies an area outside the process address space. .It Bq Er EINPROGRESS -The socket is non-blocking +The socket is non-blocking and the connection cannot be completed immediately. It is possible to diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/dup.2 b/lib/libc/sys/dup.2 index d64ee65..347795c 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/dup.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/dup.2 @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ additional call. The close-on-exec flag on the new file descriptor is unset. .Pp -In +In .Fn dup2 , the value of the new descriptor .Fa newd @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ The .Fn dup and .Fn dup2 -function calls are expected to conform to +function calls are expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY A diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/execve.2 b/lib/libc/sys/execve.2 index 85531f8..9086232 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/execve.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/execve.2 @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ library re-initialization and then calls .Sh RETURN VALUES As the .Fn execve -function overlays the current process image +function overlays the current process image with a new process image the successful call has no process to return to. If diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/fcntl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/fcntl.2 index 9c2a25b..86364c1 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/fcntl.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/fcntl.2 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ and signals; process groups are specified by supplying .Fa arg -as negative, otherwise +as negative, otherwise .Fa arg is interpreted as a process ID. .El @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ locks conflicts with the type specified in the request. This interface follows the completely stupid semantics of System V and .St -p1003.1-88 that require that all locks associated with a file for a given process are -removed when +removed when .Em any file descriptor for that file is closed by that process. This semantic means that applications must be aware of any files that @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ For example if an application for updating the password file locks the password file database while making the update, and then calls .Xr getpwnam 3 to retrieve a record, -the lock will be lost because +the lock will be lost because .Xr getpwnam 3 opens, reads, and closes the password database. The database close will release all locks that the process has @@ -329,9 +329,9 @@ allows locks to be inherited by child processes. is recommended for applications that want to ensure the integrity of their locks when using library routines or wish to pass locks to their children. -Note that +Note that .Xr flock 2 -and +and .Xr fcntl 2 locks may be safely used concurrently. .Pp @@ -497,10 +497,10 @@ or and satisfying the lock or unlock request would result in the number of locked regions in the system exceeding a system-imposed limit. .It Bq Er EPERM -.Fa Cmd -is +.Fa Cmd +is .Dv F_SETOWN -and +and the process ID or process group given as an argument is in a different session than the caller. .It Bq Er ESRCH @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ and the process ID given as argument is not in use. .El .Pp -In addition, if +In addition, if .Fa fd refers to a descriptor open on a terminal device (as opposed to a descriptor open on a socket), a diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/flock.2 b/lib/libc/sys/flock.2 index 49ecd4d..5e9ebf6 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/flock.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/flock.2 @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ locks and locks. At any time multiple shared locks may be applied to a file, but at no time are multiple exclusive, or both shared and exclusive, -locks allowed simultaneously on a file. +locks allowed simultaneously on a file. .Pp A shared lock may be .Em upgraded diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2 index ee438ff..48d2e0e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ The current position pointer associated with .Fa fd is set to point to the next block of entries. The pointer may not advance by the number of bytes returned by -.Fn getdirentries +.Fn getdirentries or .Fn getdents . A value of zero is returned when diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2 index de2bb80..bec4f14 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Thus, some of the information will be out of date, but will not block waiting for information from a filesystem that is unable to respond. .Sh RETURN VALUES -Upon successful completion, the number of +Upon successful completion, the number of .Fa fsstat structures is returned. Otherwise, -1 is returned and the global variable diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getgid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getgid.2 index 3e1a148..39215e1 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getgid.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getgid.2 @@ -81,5 +81,5 @@ The .Fn getgid and .Fn getegid -function calls are expected to conform to +function calls are expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getgroups.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getgroups.2 index 6527e80..7b0789d 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getgroups.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getgroups.2 @@ -48,11 +48,11 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION .Fn Getgroups gets the current group access list of the user process -and stores it in the array +and stores it in the array .Fa gidset . The parameter .Fa gidsetlen -indicates the number of entries that may be placed in +indicates the number of entries that may be placed in .Fa gidset . .Fn Getgroups returns the actual number of groups returned in diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2 index db629f4..156caa1 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2 @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ call sets a timer to the specified .Fa ovalue is non-nil). .Pp -A timer value is defined by the +A timer value is defined by the .Fa itimerval structure: .Bd -literal -offset indent @@ -80,13 +80,13 @@ struct itimerval { .Pp If .Fa it_value -is non-zero, it indicates the time to the next timer expiration. +is non-zero, it indicates the time to the next timer expiration. If .Fa it_interval -is non-zero, it specifies a value to be used in reloading +is non-zero, it specifies a value to be used in reloading .Fa it_value when the timer expires. -Setting +Setting .Fa it_value to 0 disables a timer, regardless of the value of .Fa it_interval . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getpeername.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getpeername.2 index 20d9f53..c409cea 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getpeername.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getpeername.2 @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ The socket is not connected. Insufficient resources were available in the system to perform the operation. .It Bq Er EFAULT -The +The .Fa name parameter points to memory not in a valid part of the process address space. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getpgrp.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getpgrp.2 index 9e3fa54..30209ac 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getpgrp.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getpgrp.2 @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ function call is derived from its usage in System V Release 4. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn getpgrp -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh COMPATIBILITY This version of diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getpid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getpid.2 index 70c0b65..656d7e7 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getpid.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getpid.2 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ instead. .Pp .Fn Getppid returns the process ID of the parent -of the calling process. +of the calling process. .Sh ERRORS The .Fn getpid @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ The .Fn getpid and .Fn getppid -function calls are expected to conform to +function calls are expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY A diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getpriority.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getpriority.2 index 8a8d57b..efaa5ed 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getpriority.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getpriority.2 @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ is one of .Dv PRIO_PGRP , or .Dv PRIO_USER , -and +and .Fa who -is interpreted relative to +is interpreted relative to .Fa which (a process identifier for .Dv PRIO_PROCESS , @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ and will fail if: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er ESRCH -No process was located using the +No process was located using the .Fa which and .Fa who diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getrlimit.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getrlimit.2 index ceac426..9b76214 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getrlimit.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getrlimit.2 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ and each process it creates may be obtained with the .Fn getrlimit call, and set with the .Fn setrlimit -call. +call. .Pp The .Fa resource @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ A resource limit is specified as a soft limit and a hard limit. When a soft limit is exceeded a process may receive a signal (for example, if the cpu time or file size is exceeded), but it will be allowed to continue execution until it reaches the hard limit (or modifies -its resource limit). The +its resource limit). The .Em rlimit structure is used to specify the hard and soft limits on a resource, .Bd -literal -offset indent @@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ struct rlimit { .Ed .Pp Only the super-user may raise the maximum limits. Other users -may only alter +may only alter .Fa rlim_cur -within the range from 0 to +within the range from 0 to .Fa rlim_max or (irreversibly) lower .Fa rlim_max . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getrusage.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getrusage.2 index ad7f585..2d973cb 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getrusage.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getrusage.2 @@ -144,9 +144,9 @@ priority process becoming runnable or because the current process exceeded its time slice. .El .Sh NOTES -The numbers +The numbers .Fa ru_inblock -and +and .Fa ru_oublock account only for real I/O; data supplied by the caching mechanism is charged only diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2 index d2ecff9..afaa86b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2 @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ .Fn getsockname "int s" "struct sockaddr *name" "socklen_t *namelen" .Sh DESCRIPTION .Fn Getsockname -returns the current +returns the current .Fa name for the specified socket. The .Fa namelen @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ is a file, not a socket. Insufficient resources were available in the system to perform the operation. .It Bq Er EFAULT -The +The .Fa name parameter points to memory not in a valid part of the process address space. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2 index 0f1a23b..b5bc37b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2 @@ -187,13 +187,13 @@ of the destination address. .Pp .Dv SO_LINGER controls the action taken when unsent messages -are queued on socket and a +are queued on socket and a .Xr close 2 is performed. If the socket promises reliable delivery of data and .Dv SO_LINGER is set, -the system will block the process on the +the system will block the process on the .Xr close 2 attempt until it is able to transmit the data or until it decides it is unable to deliver the information (a timeout period, termed the @@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ linger interval, is specified in seconds in the .Fn setsockopt call when .Dv SO_LINGER -is requested). +is requested). If .Dv SO_LINGER -is disabled and a +is disabled and a .Xr close 2 is issued, the system will process the close in a manner that allows the process to continue as quickly as possible. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ requested. The default value for .Dv SO_RCVLOWAT is 1. -If +If .Dv SO_RCVLOWAT is set to a larger value, blocking receive calls normally wait until they have received the smaller of the low water mark value @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ is a file, not a socket. .It Bq Er ENOPROTOOPT The option is unknown at the level indicated. .It Bq Er EFAULT -The address pointed to by +The address pointed to by .Fa optval is not in a valid part of the process address space. For diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2 b/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2 index 6b8f3f6..06b7996 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2 @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ The structures pointed to by .Fa tp and .Fa tzp -are defined in +are defined in .Ao Pa sys/time.h Ac as: .Pp @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ struct timezone { }; .Ed .Pp -The +The .Fa timezone structure indicates the local time zone (measured in minutes of time westward from Greenwich), diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getuid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getuid.2 index 1a762fe..95873bf 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/getuid.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/getuid.2 @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ The .Fn geteuid and .Fn getuid -function calls are expected to conform to +function calls are expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY A diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/intro.2 b/lib/libc/sys/intro.2 index 07c1a02..56dbcd7 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/intro.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/intro.2 @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ their error returns, and other common definitions and concepts. .Sh RETURN VALUES Nearly all of the system calls provide an error number referenced via the external identifier errno. -This identifier is defined in +This identifier is defined in .Aq Pa sys/errno.h as .Pp @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ An attempt was made to perform an operation limited to processes with appropriate privileges or to the owner of a file or other resources. .It Er 2 ENOENT Em "No such file or directory" . -A component of a specified pathname did not exist, or the +A component of a specified pathname did not exist, or the pathname was an empty string. .It Er 3 ESRCH Em "No such process" . No process could be found corresponding to that specified by the given @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ was supplied to a remove directory or rename call. .It Er 68 EUSERS Em "Too many users" . The quota system ran out of table entries. .It Er 69 EDQUOT Em "Disc quota exceeded" . -A +A .Xr write 2 to an ordinary file, the creation of a directory or symbolic link, or the creation of a directory @@ -395,10 +395,10 @@ was exhausted. An attempt was made to access an open file (on an .Tn NFS filesystem) -which is now unavailable as referenced by the file descriptor. +which is now unavailable as referenced by the file descriptor. This may indicate the file was deleted on the -.Tn NFS -server or some +.Tn NFS +server or some other catastrophic event occurred. .It Er 72 EBADRPC Em "RPC struct is bad" . Exchange of @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ the local version. .It Er 74 EPROGUNAVAIL Em "RPC prog. not avail" . The requested program is not registered on the remote host. .It Er 75 EPROGMISMATCH Em "Program version wrong" . -The requested version of the program is not available +The requested version of the program is not available on the remote host .Pq Tn RPC . .It Er 76 EPROCUNAVAIL Em "Bad procedure for program" . @@ -421,13 +421,13 @@ An call was attempted for a procedure which doesn't exist in the remote program. .It Er 77 ENOLCK Em "No locks available" . -A system-imposed limit on the number of simultaneous file +A system-imposed limit on the number of simultaneous file locks was reached. .It Er 78 ENOSYS Em "Function not implemented" . -Attempted a system call that is not available on this +Attempted a system call that is not available on this system. .It Er 79 EFTYPE Em "Inappropriate file type or format" . -The file was the wrong type for the operation, or a data file had +The file was the wrong type for the operation, or a data file had the wrong format. .It Er 80 EAUTH Em "Authentication error" . Attempted to use an invalid authentication ticket to mount a @@ -448,8 +448,8 @@ provided space. .It Er 85 ECANCELED Em "Operation canceled" . The scheduled operation was canceled. .It Er 86 EILSEQ Em "Illegal byte sequence" . -While decoding a multibyte character the function came along an -invalid or an incomplete sequence of bytes or the given wide +While decoding a multibyte character the function came along an +invalid or an incomplete sequence of bytes or the given wide character is invalid. .El .Sh DEFINITIONS @@ -519,10 +519,10 @@ The process group of a session leader is orphaned by definition. Each user on the system is identified by a positive integer termed the real user ID. .Pp -Each user is also a member of one or more groups. +Each user is also a member of one or more groups. One of these groups is distinguished from others and used in implementing accounting facilities. The positive -integer corresponding to this distinguished group is termed +integer corresponding to this distinguished group is termed the real group ID. .Pp All processes have a real user ID and real group ID. @@ -653,13 +653,13 @@ These permissions are used in determining whether a process may perform a requested operation on the file (such as opening a file for writing). Access permissions are established at the time a file is created. They may be changed at some later time -through the +through the .Xr chmod 2 -call. +call. .Pp File access is broken down according to whether a file may be: read, written, or executed. Directory files use the execute -permission to control if the directory may be searched. +permission to control if the directory may be searched. .Pp File access permissions are interpreted by the system as they apply to three different classes of users: the owner diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/ioctl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/ioctl.2 index 5f75d49..fe1fea2 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/ioctl.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/ioctl.2 @@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ The third argument to .Nm is traditionally named .Ar "char *argp" . -Most uses of +Most uses of .Nm in .Fx 3.0 -however, require the third argument to be a +however, require the third argument to be a .Ar caddr_t or an .Ar int . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/jail.2 b/lib/libc/sys/jail.2 index cc0df2a..e457548 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/jail.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/jail.2 @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ the prison. It is not possible to add a process to a preexisting prison. .Pp Inside the prison, the concept of "superuser" is very diluted. In general, it can be assumed that nothing can be mangled from inside a prison which -does not exist entirely inside that prison. For instance the directory +does not exist entirely inside that prison. For instance the directory tree below -.Dq Li path +.Dq Li path can be manipulated all the ways a root can normally do it, including .Dq Li "rm -rf /*" but new device special nodes cannot be created because they reference diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kill.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kill.2 index e641fd9..f0b9654 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/kill.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/kill.2 @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ may be one of the signals specified in .Xr sigaction 2 or it may be 0, in which case error checking is performed but no -signal is actually sent. +signal is actually sent. This can be used to check the validity of .Fa pid . .Pp @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ of the group could not be signaled. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn kill -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY A diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kldfind.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kldfind.2 index aabd41d..8305076 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/kldfind.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/kldfind.2 @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd March 3, 1999 .Dt KLDFIND 2 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm kldfind -.Nd returns the fileid of a kld file +.Nd returns the fileid of a kld file .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kldfirstmod.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kldfirstmod.2 index fe928b8..29e81d8 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/kldfirstmod.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/kldfirstmod.2 @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd March 3, 1999 .Dt KLDFIRSTMOD 2 diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kldload.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kldload.2 index f897c83..2b40bab 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/kldload.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/kldload.2 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm kldload -.Nd load KLD files into the kernel +.Nd load KLD files into the kernel .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ The file was not found. .It Bq Er ENOEXEC The file format of .Fa file -was unrecognized. +was unrecognized. .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr kldfind 2 , diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kldnext.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kldnext.2 index 4ba8ca3..d18f953 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/kldnext.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/kldnext.2 @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd March 3, 1999 .Dt KLDNEXT 2 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm kldnext -.Nd return the fileid of the next kld file +.Nd return the fileid of the next kld file .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kldstat.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kldstat.2 index 4846905..0ad213b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/kldstat.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/kldstat.2 @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $FreeBSD$ +.\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd March 3, 1999 .Dt KLDSTAT 2 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm kldstat -.Nd get status of kld file +.Nd get status of kld file .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 index 7225358..4d5ee64 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ The filter is also run when the user attempts to retrieve the kevent from the kqueue. If the filter indicates that the condition that triggered the event no longer holds, the kevent is removed from the kqueue and -is not returned. +is not returned. .Pp Multiple events which trigger the filter do not result in multiple kevents being placed on the kqueue; instead, the filter will aggregate @@ -85,17 +85,17 @@ is used to register events with the queue, and return any pending events to the user. .Fa changelist is a pointer to an array of -.Va kevent +.Va kevent structures, as defined in .Aq Pa sys/event.h . -All changes contained in the +All changes contained in the .Fa changelist are applied before any pending events are read from the queue. .Fa nchanges gives the size of .Fa changelist . .Fa eventlist -is a pointer to an array of kevent structures. +is a pointer to an array of kevent structures. .Fa nevents determines the size of .Fa eventlist . @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ argument should be non-NULL, pointing to a zero-valued .Va timespec structure. The same array may be used for the .Fa changelist -and +and .Fa eventlist . .Pp .Fn EV_SET @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Actions to perform on the event. .It fflags Filter-specific flags. .It data -Filter-specific data value. +Filter-specific data value. .It udata Opaque user-defined value passed through the kernel unchanged. .El @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ Disable the event so .Fn kevent will not return it. The filter itself is not disabled. .It EV_DELETE -Removes the event from the kqueue. Events which are attached to -file descriptors are automatically deleted on the last close of +Removes the event from the kqueue. Events which are attached to +file descriptors are automatically deleted on the last close of the descriptor. .It EV_ONESHOT Causes the event to return only the first occurrence of the filter @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ below. .El .Pp The predefined system filters are listed below. -Arguments may be passed to and from the filter via the +Arguments may be passed to and from the filter via the .Va fflags and .Va data @@ -218,9 +218,9 @@ subject to the .Dv SO_RCVLOWAT value of the socket buffer. This may be overridden with a per-filter low water mark at the -time the filter is added by setting the -NOTE_LOWAT -flag in +time the filter is added by setting the +NOTE_LOWAT +flag in .Va fflags , and specifying the new low water mark in .Va data . @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ contains the number of bytes in the socket buffer. If the read direction of the socket has shutdown, then the filter also sets EV_EOF in .Va flags , -and returns the socket error (if any) in +and returns the socket error (if any) in .Va fflags . It is possible for EOF to be returned (indicating the connection is gone) while there is still data pending in the socket buffer. @@ -254,22 +254,22 @@ returning. .It EVFILT_WRITE Takes a descriptor as the identifier, and returns whenever it is possible to write to the descriptor. For sockets, pipes -and fifos, +and fifos, .Va data will contain the amount of space remaining in the write buffer. The filter will set EV_EOF when the reader disconnects, and for the fifo case, this may be cleared by use of EV_CLEAR. Note that this filter is not supported for vnodes. .Pp -For sockets, the low water mark and socket error handling is +For sockets, the low water mark and socket error handling is identical to the EVFILT_READ case. .It EVFILT_AIO The sigevent portion of the AIO request is filled in, with -.Va sigev_notify_kqueue +.Va sigev_notify_kqueue containing the descriptor of the kqueue that the event should be attached to, .Va sigev_value -containing the udata value, and +containing the udata value, and .Va sigev_notify set to SIGEV_EVENT. When the aio_* function is called, the event will be registered @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ argument set to the returned by the aio_* function. The filter returns under the same conditions as aio_error. .Pp -Alternatively, a kevent structure may be initialized, with +Alternatively, a kevent structure may be initialized, with .Va ident containing the descriptor of the kqueue, and the address of the kevent structure placed in the @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ address of the kevent structure placed in the field of the AIO request. However, this approach will not work on architectures with 64-bit pointers, and should be considered depreciated. .It EVFILT_VNODE -Takes a file descriptor as the identifier and the events to watch for in +Takes a file descriptor as the identifier and the events to watch for in .Va fflags , and returns when one or more of the requested events occurs on the descriptor. The events to monitor are: @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ The link count on the file changed. .It NOTE_RENAME The file referenced by the descriptor was renamed. .It NOTE_REVOKE -Access to the file was revoked via +Access to the file was revoked via .Xr revoke 2 or the underlying fileystem was unmounted. .El @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ On return, .Va fflags contains the events which triggered the filter. .It EVFILT_PROC -Takes the process ID to monitor as the identifier and the events to watch for +Takes the process ID to monitor as the identifier and the events to watch for in .Va fflags , and returns when the process performs one or more of the requested events. @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ The process has exited. The process has called .Fn fork . .It NOTE_EXEC -The process has executed a new process via +The process has executed a new process via .Xr execve 2 or similar call. .It NOTE_TRACK @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ calls. The parent process will return with NOTE_TRACK set in the .Va fflags field, while the child process will return with NOTE_CHILD set in .Va fflags -and the parent PID in +and the parent PID in .Va data . .It NOTE_TRACKERR This flag is returned if the system was unable to attach an event to @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Takes the signal number to monitor as the identifier and returns when the given signal is delivered to the process. This coexists with the .Fn signal -and +and .Fn sigaction facilities, and has a lower precedence. The filter will record all attempts to deliver a signal to a process, even if the signal has @@ -416,9 +416,9 @@ function fails if: .It Bq Er EACCES The process does not have permission to register a filter. .It Bq Er EFAULT -There was an error reading or writing the +There was an error reading or writing the .Va kevent -structure. +structure. .It Bq Er EBADF The specified descriptor is invalid. .It Bq Er EINTR diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/ktrace.2 b/lib/libc/sys/ktrace.2 index ded62e6..fcbf46e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/ktrace.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/ktrace.2 @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ struct ktr_header { .Pp The .Va ktr_len -field specifies the length of the +field specifies the length of the .Va ktr_type data that follows this header. The @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ The .Va ktr_buf is an internal kernel pointer and is not useful. .Pp -The generic header is followed by +The generic header is followed by .Va ktr_len bytes of a .Va ktr_type diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/link.2 b/lib/libc/sys/link.2 index 5ddc28b..baea6eb 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/link.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/link.2 @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ is being placed cannot be extended because the user's quota of disk blocks on the file system containing the directory has been exhausted. .It Bq Er EIO -An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to +An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system to make the directory entry. .It Bq Er EROFS The requested link requires writing in a directory on a read-only file @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ is outside the process's allocated address space. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn link -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY A @@ -166,4 +166,4 @@ The .Fn link system call traditionally allows the super-user to link directories which corrupts the filesystem coherency. This implementation no longer permits -it. +it. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/listen.2 b/lib/libc/sys/listen.2 index fd67ca4..b77500a 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/listen.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/listen.2 @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ unlocks .Sh RETURN VALUES A 0 return value indicates success; -1 indicates an error. .Sh ERRORS -.Fn Listen +.Fn Listen will fail if: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EBADF diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/lseek.2 b/lib/libc/sys/lseek.2 index e161025..362485b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/lseek.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/lseek.2 @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ is incorrect English, but is maintained for historical reasons. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn lseek -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY A diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/madvise.2 b/lib/libc/sys/madvise.2 index 4886d02..e5d6a06 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/madvise.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/madvise.2 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ The known behaviors are given in #define MADV_CORE 9 /* revert to including pages in a core file */ .Ed .Pp -.Bl -tag -width MADV_SEQUENTIAL +.Bl -tag -width MADV_SEQUENTIAL .It Dv MADV_NORMAL Tells the system to revert to the default paging behavior. @@ -92,26 +92,26 @@ this address range will incur a page fault. .It Dv MADV_FREE Gives the VM system the freedom to free pages, and tells the system that information in the specified page range -is no longer important. This is an efficient way of allowing +is no longer important. This is an efficient way of allowing .Xr malloc 3 to free pages anywhere in the address space, while keeping the address space valid. The next time that the page is referenced, the page might be demand -zeroed, or might contain the data that was there before the +zeroed, or might contain the data that was there before the .Dv MADV_FREE call. References made to that address space range will not make the VM system page the information back in from backing store until the page is modified again. .It Dv MADV_NOSYNC -Request that the system not flush the data associated with this map to +Request that the system not flush the data associated with this map to physical backing store unless it needs to. Typically this prevents the filesystem update daemon from gratuitously writing pages dirtied -by the VM system to physical disk. Note that VM/filesystem coherency is +by the VM system to physical disk. Note that VM/filesystem coherency is always maintained, this feature simply ensures that the mapped data is only flush when it needs to be, usually by the system pager. .Pp This feature is typically used when you want to use a file-backed shared -memory area to communicate between processes (IPC) and do not particularly +memory area to communicate between processes (IPC) and do not particularly need the data being stored in that area to be physically written to disk. With this feature you get the equivalent performance with mmap that you would expect to get with SysV shared memory calls, but in a more controllable @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ function will fail if: .It Bq Er EINVAL The virtual address range specified by the .Fa addr -and +and .Fa len arguments is not valid. .El diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/minherit.2 b/lib/libc/sys/minherit.2 index d80c172..265d6d27 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/minherit.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/minherit.2 @@ -84,9 +84,9 @@ arguments. .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr fork 2 , -.Xr madvise 2 , -.Xr mincore 2 , -.Xr mprotect 2 , +.Xr madvise 2 , +.Xr mincore 2 , +.Xr mprotect 2 , .Xr msync 2 , .Xr munmap 2 , .Xr rfork 2 diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mkdir.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mkdir.2 index 91374ce..5db2074 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/mkdir.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/mkdir.2 @@ -110,5 +110,5 @@ points outside the process's allocated address space. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn mkdir -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mkfifo.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mkfifo.2 index aeed3d9..2a606cb 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/mkfifo.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/mkfifo.2 @@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ points outside the process's allocated address space. .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr chmod 2 , -.Xr mknod 2 , +.Xr mknod 2 , .Xr stat 2 , .Xr umask 2 .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn mkfifo -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2 index e9eb9d3..f4cb27e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2 @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Region is not included in a core file. .It Dv MAP_NOSYNC Causes data dirtied via this VM map to be flushed to physical media only when necessary (usually by the pager) rather then gratuitously. -Typically this prevents the update daemons from flushing pages dirtied +Typically this prevents the update daemons from flushing pages dirtied through such maps and thus allows efficient sharing of memory across unassociated processes using a file-backed shared memory map. Without this option any VM pages you dirty may be flushed to disk every so often @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ The .Xr msync 2 system call is obsolete since .Bx -implements a coherent filesystem buffer cache. However, it may be +implements a coherent filesystem buffer cache. However, it may be used to associate dirty VM pages with filesystem buffers and thus cause them to be flushed to physical media sooner rather then later. .It Dv MAP_PRIVATE @@ -217,26 +217,26 @@ to enable this option for other architechures. implies .Dv MAP_ANON , and -.Fa offset -of 0. -.Fa fd -must be -1 and -.Fa prot +.Fa offset +of 0. +.Fa fd +must be -1 and +.Fa prot must include at least .Dv PROT_READ and .Dv PROT_WRITE . This option creates -a memory region that grows to at most -.Fa len +a memory region that grows to at most +.Fa len bytes in size, starting from the stack top and growing down. The -stack top is the starting address returned by the call, plus -.Fa len +stack top is the starting address returned by the call, plus +.Fa len bytes. The bottom of the stack at maximum growth is the starting address returned by the call. .El .Pp -The +The .Xr close 2 function does not unmap pages, see .Xr munmap 2 @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ was specified and insufficient memory was available. .Sh BUGS .Fa len is limited to 2GB. Mmapping slightly more than 2GB doesn't work, but -it is possible to map a window of size (filesize % 2GB) for file sizes +it is possible to map a window of size (filesize % 2GB) for file sizes of slightly less than 2G, 4GB, 6GB and 8GB. .Pp The limit is imposed for a variety of reasons. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/modfind.2 b/lib/libc/sys/modfind.2 index ad29f2e..c1ac0c6 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/modfind.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/modfind.2 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm modfind -.Nd returns the modid of a kernel module +.Nd returns the modid of a kernel module .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh SYNOPSIS diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mount.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mount.2 index efc3384..ef3d22d 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/mount.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/mount.2 @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ suppress default semantics which affect filesystem access. .It Dv MNT_RDONLY The filesystem should be treated as read-only; Even the super-user may not write on it. -Specifying MNT_UPDATE without this option will upgrade +Specifying MNT_UPDATE without this option will upgrade a read-only filesystem to read/write. .It Dv MNT_NOEXEC Do not allow files to be executed from the filesystem. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Disable write clustering. .Pp The flag .Dv MNT_UPDATE -indicates that the mount command is being applied +indicates that the mount command is being applied to an already mounted filesystem. This allows the mount flags to be changed without requiring that the filesystem be unmounted and remounted. @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ The option requires the SUIDDIR option to have been compiled into the kernel to have any effect. See the -.Xr mount 8 +.Xr mount 8 and .Xr chmod 2 pages for more information. @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ does not exist. .Ar Fspec is not a block device. .It Bq Er ENXIO -The major device number of +The major device number of .Ar fspec is out of range (this indicates no device driver exists for the associated hardware). diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mprotect.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mprotect.2 index 4403dc5..7f46d24 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/mprotect.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/mprotect.2 @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ changes the specified pages to have protection Not all implementations will guarantee protection on a page basis; the granularity of protection changes may be as large as an entire region. .Sh RETURN VALUES -Upon successful completion, +Upon successful completion, .Fn mprotect returns 0. Otherwise a value of -1 is returned and diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/msync.2 b/lib/libc/sys/msync.2 index f9a7199..38fda84 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/msync.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/msync.2 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ is 0, all modified pages within the region containing will be flushed; if .Fa len -is non-zero, only those pages containing +is non-zero, only those pages containing .Fa addr and .Fa len-1 diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2 b/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2 index 0c4749f..832684d 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2 @@ -54,26 +54,26 @@ cause it to terminate the sleep early, regardless of the .Dv SA_RESTART value on the interrupting signal. .Sh RETURN VALUES -If the +If the .Fn nanosleep function returns because the requested time has elapsed, the value -returned will be zero. +returned will be zero. .Pp -If the +If the .Fn nanosleep function returns due to the delivery of a signal, the value returned will be the -1, and the global variable .Va errno will be set to indicate the interruption. -If +If .Fa rmtp -is +is .Pf non- Dv NULL , the timespec structure it references is updated to contain the unslept amount (the request time minus the time actually slept). .Pp If any of the following conditions occur, the -.Fn nanosleep +.Fn nanosleep function shall return -1 and set .Va errno to the corresponding value: @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ to the corresponding value: .It Bq Er EFAULT Either .Fa rqtp -or +or .Fa rmtp points to memory that is not a valid part of the process address space. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/nfssvc.2 b/lib/libc/sys/nfssvc.2 index a852365..d28edc1 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/nfssvc.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/nfssvc.2 @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ with the flags .Dv NFSSVC_MNTD and .Dv NFSSVC_GOTAUTH -after filling the ticket into the +after filling the ticket into the ncd_authstr field and setting the ncd_authlen and ncd_authtype diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/open.2 b/lib/libc/sys/open.2 index feb05c1..5e4aeeb 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/open.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/open.2 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ argument may indicate the file is to be created if it does not exist (by specifying the .Dv O_CREAT flag). -In this case +In this case .Nm requires a third argument .Fa "mode_t mode" , diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/pipe.2 b/lib/libc/sys/pipe.2 index 0e0043f..5bbc563 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/pipe.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/pipe.2 @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ for using the endpoints in the traditional manner when using a pipe in one direction. .Sh RETURN VALUES On successful creation of the pipe, zero is returned. -Otherwise, +Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and the variable .Va errno set to indicate the diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2 b/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2 index 29a8538..a223b80 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2 @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ resumes execution, or 0 if no signal is to be sent. .It Dv PT_STEP The traced process is single stepped one instruction. The -.Fa addr +.Fa addr and .Fa data fields are not used. diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2 index 75de692..6fe4a09 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2 @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The .Fa addr argument specifies a file from which to take the quotas. The quota file must exist; -it is normally created with the +it is normally created with the .Xr quotacheck 8 program. The @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Get disk quota limits and current usage for the user or group .Fa Addr is a pointer to a .Fa struct dqblk -structure (defined in +structure (defined in .Ao Pa ufs/ufs/quota.h Ac ) . .It Dv Q_SETQUOTA Set disk quota limits for the user or group @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Set disk quota limits for the user or group .Fa Addr is a pointer to a .Fa struct dqblk -structure (defined in +structure (defined in .Ao Pa ufs/ufs/quota.h Ac ) . The usage fields of the .Fa dqblk diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/read.2 b/lib/libc/sys/read.2 index 90c8e78..9c38809 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/read.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/read.2 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ into the buffer pointed to by .Fa buf . .Fn Readv performs the same action, but scatters the input data -into the +into the .Fa iovcnt buffers specified by the members of the .Fa iov @@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ array: iov[0], iov[1], ..., iov[iovcnt\|\-\|1]. performs the same function, but reads from the specified position in the file without modifying the file pointer. .Pp -For +For .Fn readv , -the +the .Fa iovec structure is defined as: .Pp @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ struct iovec { }; .Ed .Pp -Each +Each .Fa iovec entry specifies the base address and length of an area -in memory where data should be placed. +in memory where data should be placed. .Fn Readv will always fill an area completely before proceeding to the next. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ The file was marked for non-blocking I/O, and no data were ready to be read. .El .Pp -In addition, +In addition, .Fn readv may return one of the following errors: .Bl -tag -width Er @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ The file descriptor is associated with a pipe, socket, or FIFO. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn read -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . The .Fn readv diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/recv.2 b/lib/libc/sys/recv.2 index 7830d77..7a49e41 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/recv.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/recv.2 @@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ the buffer associated with and modified on return to indicate the actual size of the address stored there. .Pp -The +The .Fn recv -call is normally used only on a +call is normally used only on a .Em connected socket (see .Xr connect 2 ) @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ call may be used to determine when more data arrive. .Pp The .Fa flags -argument to a recv call is formed by +argument to a recv call is formed by .Em or Ap ing one or more of the values: .Bl -column MSG_WAITALL -offset indent @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ or the next data to be received is of a different type than that returned. .Pp The .Fn recvmsg -call uses a +call uses a .Fa msghdr structure to minimize the number of directly supplied parameters. This structure has the following form, as defined in diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/rename.2 b/lib/libc/sys/rename.2 index 91bf125..41edfaf 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/rename.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/rename.2 @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ causes the link named .Fa from to be renamed as .Fa to . -If +If .Fa to exists, it is first removed. -Both +Both .Fa from and .Fa to @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ not the file or directory to which it points. .\".Ql rename a/foo b/bar .\"and .\".Ql rename b/bar a/foo , -.\"respectively, +.\"respectively, .\"the system may deadlock attempting to lock .\"both directories for modification. .\"Hard links to directories should be @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ not the file or directory to which it points. .Sh RETURN VALUES A 0 value is returned if the operation succeeds, otherwise .Fn rename -returns -1 and the global variable +returns -1 and the global variable .Va errno indicates the reason for the failure. .Sh ERRORS @@ -197,5 +197,5 @@ is a directory and is not empty. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn rename -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/rfork.2 b/lib/libc/sys/rfork.2 index bf205d3..1f96447 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/rfork.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/rfork.2 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ The current implementation requires this flag to always be set. If set, the child process will be dissociated from the parent. Upon exit the child will not leave a status for the parent to collect. -See +See .Xr wait 2 . .It RFFDG If set, the invoker's file descriptor table (see @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ for information. If set, the kernel will force sharing the sigacts structure between the child and the parent. .It RFLINUXTHPN -If set, the kernel will return SIGUSR1 instead of SIGCHILD upon thread +If set, the kernel will return SIGUSR1 instead of SIGCHILD upon thread exit for the child. This is intended to mimic certain Linux clone behaviour. .El .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/rtprio.2 b/lib/libc/sys/rtprio.2 index 3f902c0..bfd72c4 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/rtprio.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/rtprio.2 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 1994, Henrik Vestergaard Draboel .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd July 23, 1994 @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ .Sh SYNOPSIS .Fd #include .Fd #include -.Ft int +.Ft int .Fn rtprio "int function" "pid_t pid" "struct rtprio *rtp" .Sh DESCRIPTION .Fn rtprio @@ -48,13 +48,13 @@ is used to lookup or change the realtime or idle priority of a process. .Pp .Fa function specifies the operation to be performed. -RTP_LOOKUP to lookup the current priority, +RTP_LOOKUP to lookup the current priority, and RTP_SET to set the priority. .Fa pid specifies the process to be used, 0 for the current process. .Pp .Fa *rtp -is a pointer to a struct rtprio which is used to specify the priority and priority type. +is a pointer to a struct rtprio which is used to specify the priority and priority type. This structure has the following form: .Bd -literal struct rtprio { @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ field may be RTP_PRIO_REALTIME for realtime priorities, RTP_PRIO_NORMAL for normal priorities, and RTP_PRIO_IDLE for idle priorities. The priority specified by the .Nm prio -field ranges between 0 and +field ranges between 0 and .Dv RTP_PRIO_MAX (usually 31) . 0 is the highest possible priority. .Pp @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ The global variable will be set to indicate the error. .Sh ERRORS .Fn rtprio -will fail if +will fail if .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EINVAL The specified diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sched_get_priority_max.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sched_get_priority_max.2 index cebce15..20b2459 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sched_get_priority_max.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sched_get_priority_max.2 @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ No process can be found corresponding to that specified by .Xr sched_set_scheduler 2 .Sh STANDARDS The -.Fn sched_setscheduler +.Fn sched_setscheduler and .Fn sched_getscheduler functions conform to diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sched_setparam.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sched_setparam.2 index d937114..57b077f 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sched_setparam.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sched_setparam.2 @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ is outside the range defined for the scheduling policy of the specified .Xr sched_yield 2 .Sh STANDARDS The -.Fn sched_setparam +.Fn sched_setparam and .Fn sched_getparam functions conform to diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sched_setscheduler.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sched_setscheduler.2 index ff3d5ad..b616e6d 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sched_setscheduler.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sched_setscheduler.2 @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ is outside the valid range for the specified scheduling policy. .Xr sched_yield 2 .Sh STANDARDS The -.Fn sched_setscheduler +.Fn sched_setscheduler and .Fn sched_getscheduler functions conform to diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sched_yield.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sched_yield.2 index ed886c7..ee5c123 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sched_yield.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sched_yield.2 @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ The function forces the running process to relinquish the processor until it again becomes the head of its process list. It takes no arguments. .Sh RETURN VALUES -The +The .Fn sched_yield function will return zero if it completes successfully, or it will return a value of -1 and set @@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ The system is not configured to support this functionality. .El .Sh STANDARDS The -.Fn sched_yield +.Fn sched_yield function conforms to .St -p1003.1b-93 . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/select.2 b/lib/libc/sys/select.2 index 058041f..9837eb5 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/select.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/select.2 @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ is a non-nil pointer, it specifies the maximum interval to wait for the selection to complete. System activity can lengthen the interval by an indeterminate amount. .Pp -If +If .Fa timeout is a nil pointer, the select blocks indefinitely. .Pp @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ was invalid. The default size of .Dv FD_SETSIZE is currently 1024. -In order to accommodate programs which might potentially +In order to accommodate programs which might potentially use a larger number of open files with .Fn select , it is possible @@ -179,14 +179,14 @@ before the inclusion of any header which includes .Pp If .Fa nfds -is greater than the number of open files, +is greater than the number of open files, .Fn select is not guaranteed to examine the unused file descriptors. For historical -reasons, +reasons, .Fn select will always examine the first 256 descriptors. .Sh BUGS -.St -susv2 +.St -susv2 allows systems to modify the original timeout in place. Thus, it is unwise to assume that the timeout value will be unmodified by the diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2 index 4446586..2b3df68 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2 @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ on the semaphore set indicated by .Fa semid . A fourth argument, a .Fa "union semun arg" , -is required for certain values of +is required for certain values of .Fa cmd . For the commands that use the .Fa arg diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/semop.2 b/lib/libc/sys/semop.2 index b029d3a..3ead1dc 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/semop.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/semop.2 @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ When is zero, the process waits for the semaphore's value to become zero. If it is already zero, the call to .Fn semop -can return immediately. Otherwise, the calling process is put to +can return immediately. Otherwise, the calling process is put to sleep until the semaphore's value becomes zero. .El .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/send.2 b/lib/libc/sys/send.2 index f5749ee..6929ff1 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/send.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/send.2 @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ and .Fn sendmsg are used to transmit a message to another socket. .Fn Send -may be used only when the socket is in a +may be used only when the socket is in a .Em connected -state, while +state, while .Fn sendto and .Fn sendmsg @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ may be used at any time. .Pp The address of the target is given by .Fa to -with +with .Fa tolen specifying its size. The length of the message is given by @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ protocol family, and is used to implement Transaction .Dv MSG_DONTROUTE is usually used only by diagnostic or routing programs. .Pp -See +See .Xr recv 2 for a description of the .Fa msghdr @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ fail if: .It Bq Er EBADF An invalid descriptor was specified. .It Bq Er EACCES -The destination address is a broadcast address, and +The destination address is a broadcast address, and .Dv SO_BROADCAST has not been set on the socket. .It Bq Er ENOTSOCK diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/setgroups.2 b/lib/libc/sys/setgroups.2 index 0974f93..668b3dc 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/setgroups.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/setgroups.2 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION .Fn Setgroups sets the group access list of the current user process -according to the array +according to the array .Fa gidset . The parameter .Fa ngroups diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/setpgid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/setpgid.2 index c5c8cec..d9178b5 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/setpgid.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/setpgid.2 @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ of the calling process. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn setpgid -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh COMPATIBILITY .Fn Setpgrp diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/setreuid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/setreuid.2 index 102d32b..aa87657 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/setreuid.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/setreuid.2 @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The real and effective user IDs of the current process are set according to the arguments. If .Fa ruid -or +or .Fa euid is -1, the current uid is filled in by the system. Unprivileged users may change the real user @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ the standard .Fn setuid function is preferred. .Sh RETURN VALUES -.Rv -std setreuid +.Rv -std setreuid .Sh ERRORS .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EPERM diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/setuid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/setuid.2 index 9374e93..4ef4d35 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/setuid.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/setuid.2 @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ The .Fn seteuid and .Fn setegid -functions are extensions based on the +functions are extensions based on the .Tn POSIX concept of .Li _POSIX_SAVED_IDS , diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/shmat.2 b/lib/libc/sys/shmat.2 index 3c3e40f..6f7dc13 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/shmat.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/shmat.2 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ If is 0, the segment is attached at an address selected by the kernel. .It -If +If .Fa addr is nonzero and SHM_RND is not specified in .Fa flag , diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/shmget.2 b/lib/libc/sys/shmget.2 index bf0bb58..b176c53 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/shmget.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/shmget.2 @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ corresponding to .Fa key already exists. .El -.Sh "SEE ALSO" +.Sh "SEE ALSO" .Xr shmat 2 , .Xr shmctl 2 , .Xr shmdt 2 , diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2 index e35469e..1d1c98f 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2 @@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ struct sigaction { .Sh DESCRIPTION The system defines a set of signals that may be delivered to a process. Signal delivery resembles the occurrence of a hardware interrupt: -the signal is normally blocked from further occurrence, the current process +the signal is normally blocked from further occurrence, the current process context is saved, and a new one is built. A process may specify a .Em handler -to which a signal is delivered, or specify that a signal is to be +to which a signal is delivered, or specify that a signal is to be .Em ignored . A process may also specify that a default action is to be taken by the system when a signal occurs. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Signal routines normally execute with the signal that caused their invocation .Em blocked , but other signals may yet occur. -A global +A global .Em "signal mask" defines the set of signals currently blocked from delivery to a process. The signal mask for a process is initialized @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ The set of pending signals is returned by the function. When a caught signal is delivered, the current state of the process is saved, -a new signal mask is calculated (as described below), +a new signal mask is calculated (as described below), and the signal handler is invoked. The call to the handler is arranged so that if the signal handling routine returns normally the process will resume execution in the context @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ installed for the duration of the process' signal handler .Xr sigprocmask call is made). This mask is formed by taking the union of the current signal mask set, -the signal to be delivered, and +the signal to be delivered, and the signal mask associated with the handler to be invoked. .Pp .Fn Sigaction @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ specifies an action .Dv SIG_IGN , or a handler routine) and mask to be used when delivering the specified signal. -If +If .Fa oact is non-zero, the previous handling information for the signal is returned to the user. @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ is returned to the user. Once a signal handler is installed, it normally remains installed until another .Fn sigaction -call is made, or an +call is made, or an .Xr execve 2 is performed. A signal-specific default action may be reset by @@ -212,11 +212,11 @@ See paragraph below. If this bit is set, the handler function is assumed to be pointed to by the sa_sigaction member of struct sigaction and should match the prototype shown above or as below in -.Sx EXAMPLES . -This bit should not be set when assigning -.Dv SIG_DFL -or -.Dv SIG_IGN . +.Sx EXAMPLES . +This bit should not be set when assigning +.Dv SIG_DFL +or +.Dv SIG_IGN . .El .Pp If a signal is caught during the system calls listed below, @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ is possible on a descriptor (see .Sh NOTE The .Fa sa_mask -field specified in +field specified in .Fa act is not allowed to block .Dv SIGKILL @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Any attempt to do so will be silently ignored. The following functions are either reentrant or not interruptible by signals and are async-signal safe. Therefore applications may -invoke them, without restriction, from signal-catching functions: +invoke them, without restriction, from signal-catching functions: .Pp Base Interfaces: .Pp @@ -462,14 +462,14 @@ The .Dv sa_handler member declaration in .Fx -include files is that of ANSI C (as required by POSIX), +include files is that of ANSI C (as required by POSIX), so a function pointer of a BSD-style function needs to be casted to compile without warning. The traditional BSD style is not portable and since its capabilities are a full subset of a SA_SIGINFO handler, its use is deprecated. .Pp -The +The .Fa sig argument is the signal number, one of the .Dv SIG... @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ of the following occurs: .It Bq Er EFAULT Either .Fa act -or +or .Fa oact points to memory that is not a valid part of the process address space. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ or .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn sigaction -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . The .Dv SA_ONSTACK diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 index 171cafc..d69b34b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ call), the system checks to see if the process is currently executing on that stack. If the process is not currently executing on the signal stack, the system arranges a switch to the signal stack for the -duration of the signal handler's execution. +duration of the signal handler's execution. .Pp If .Dv SS_DISABLE @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ If the stack overflows and this space is not protected unpredictable results may occur. .Sh RETURN VALUES Upon successful completion, a value of 0 is returned. -Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and +Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and .Va errno is set to indicate the error. .Sh ERRORS diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigpending.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigpending.2 index e05d186..361a918 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sigpending.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigpending.2 @@ -76,5 +76,5 @@ argument specified an invalid address. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn sigpending -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigreturn.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigreturn.2 index 674f453..6325b81 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sigreturn.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigreturn.2 @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ This system call is not available in 4.2 hence it should not be used if backward compatibility is needed. .Sh RETURN VALUES If successful, the system call does not return. -Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and +Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and .Va errno is set to indicate the error. .Sh ERRORS diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigstack.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigstack.2 index 61f58db..9f1dfa9 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sigstack.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigstack.2 @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libc .Sh DESCRIPTION -The +The .Fn sigstack function has been deprecated in favor of the interface described in .Xr sigaltstack 2 . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2 index b3984be..280d6d9 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2 @@ -78,5 +78,5 @@ set to .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn sigsupend -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigwait.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigwait.2 index 818a623..bd46b1c 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sigwait.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigwait.2 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd April 27, 2000 .Dt SIGWAIT 3 diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/socket.2 b/lib/libc/sys/socket.2 index ef98bf5..ef2669f 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/socket.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/socket.2 @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Once connected, data may be transferred using .Xr read 2 and .Xr write 2 -calls or some variant of the +calls or some variant of the .Xr send 2 and .Xr recv 2 @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ sockets employ the same system calls as .Dv SOCK_STREAM sockets. The only difference -is that +is that .Xr read 2 calls will return only the amount of data requested, and any remaining in the arriving packet will be discarded. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ calls. Datagrams are generally received with .Xr recvfrom 2 , which returns the next datagram with its return address. .Pp -An +An .Xr fcntl 2 call can be used to specify a process group to receive a diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/stat.2 b/lib/libc/sys/stat.2 index f65c970..9984a1e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/stat.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/stat.2 @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ The .Fn stat and .Fn fstat -function calls are expected to conform to +function calls are expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY A diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/swapon.2 b/lib/libc/sys/swapon.2 index 1eb2b05..16e7e16 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/swapon.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/swapon.2 @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ .Fn swapon "const char *special" .Sh DESCRIPTION .Fn Swapon -makes the block device +makes the block device .Fa special available to the system for allocation for paging and swapping. The names of potentially available devices are known to the system and defined at system -configuration time. The size of the swap area on +configuration time. The size of the swap area on .Fa special is calculated at the time the device is first made available for swapping. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ The device configured by was not configured into the system as a swap device. .It Bq Er ENXIO -The major device number of +The major device number of .Fa special is out of range (this indicates no device driver exists for the associated hardware). diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sync.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sync.2 index f5e112c..d60c0e4 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sync.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sync.2 @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ .Ft void .Fn sync void .Sh DESCRIPTION -The +The .Fn sync function forces a write of dirty (modified) buffers in the block buffer cache out @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ call is issued frequently by the user process .Xr syncer 4 -(about every 30 seconds). +(about every 30 seconds). .Pp The function .Xr fsync 2 diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/umask.2 b/lib/libc/sys/umask.2 index 4e7815b..026a983 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/umask.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/umask.2 @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ function is always successful. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn umask -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . .Sh HISTORY An diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/utimes.2 b/lib/libc/sys/utimes.2 index fdf893f..84a0a0d 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/utimes.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/utimes.2 @@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ or referenced by are changed as specified by the argument .Fa times . .Pp -If +If .Fa times -is +is .Dv NULL , the access and modification times are set to the current time. The caller must be the owner of the file, have permission to @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ write the file, or be the super-user. If .Fa times is -.Pf non- Dv NULL , +.Pf non- Dv NULL , it is assumed to point to an array of two timeval structures. The access time is set to the value of the first element, and the modification time is set to the value of the second element. @@ -120,9 +120,9 @@ An I/O error occurred while reading or writing the affected inode. .It Bq Er ELOOP Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname. .It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG -A component of a pathname exceeded +A component of a pathname exceeded .Dv NAME_MAX -characters, or an entire path name exceeded +characters, or an entire path name exceeded .Dv PATH_MAX characters. .It Bq Er ENOENT diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/vfork.2 b/lib/libc/sys/vfork.2 index 91a28ee..49e36b6 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/vfork.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/vfork.2 @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Same as for .Xr fork 2 . .Sh BUGS This system call will be eliminated when proper system sharing -mechanisms are implemented. +mechanisms are implemented. Users should not depend on the memory sharing semantics of .Xr vfork 2 diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/wait.2 b/lib/libc/sys/wait.2 index 3fa5c2b..bbb2c57 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/wait.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/wait.2 @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ function suspends execution of its calling process until .Fa status information is available for a terminated child process, or a signal is received. -On return from a successful +On return from a successful .Fn wait -call, +call, the .Fa status area contains termination information about the process that exited @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@ for stopped processes). When the .Dv WNOHANG option is specified and no processes -wish to report status, +wish to report status, .Fn wait4 -returns a +returns a process id of 0. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/write.2 b/lib/libc/sys/write.2 index 255447d..5d4fdc2 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/write.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/write.2 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ from the buffer pointed to by .Fa buf . .Fn Writev performs the same action, but gathers the output data -from the +from the .Fa iovcnt buffers specified by the members of the .Fa iov @@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ array: iov[0], iov[1], ..., iov[iovcnt\|-\|1]. performs the same function, but writes to the specified position in the file without modifying the file pointer. .Pp -For +For .Fn writev , -the +the .Fa iovec structure is defined as: .Pp @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ struct iovec { }; .Ed .Pp -Each +Each .Fa iovec entry specifies the base address and length of an area in memory from which data should be written. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ The file was marked for non-blocking I/O, and no data could be written immediately. .El .Pp -In addition, +In addition, .Fn writev may return one of the following errors: .Bl -tag -width Er @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ The file descriptor is associated with a pipe, socket, or FIFO. .Sh STANDARDS The .Fn write -function call is expected to conform to +function call is expected to conform to .St -p1003.1-90 . The .Fn writev diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_attr.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_attr.3 index c34df1e..6707b0a 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_attr.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_attr.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd April 28, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_ATTR 3 @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ functions set the attribute that corresponds to each function name. The .Fn pthread_attr_get* functions copy the value of the attribute that corresponds to each function name -to the location pointed to by the second function parameter. +to the location pointed to by the second function parameter. .Sh RETURN VALUES If successful, these functions return 0. Otherwise, an error number is returned to indicate the error. diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_condattr.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_condattr.3 index 5b0200f..d117c75 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_condattr.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_condattr.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd April 28, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_CONDATTR 3 diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_detach.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_detach.3 index 75c9d42..a3b660f 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_detach.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_detach.3 @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ If has not terminated, .Fn pthread_detach will not cause it to terminate. -The effect of multiple +The effect of multiple .Fn pthread_detach calls on the same target thread is unspecified. .Sh RETURN VALUES diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_exit.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_exit.3 index 5f6f75b..1eabc9b 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_exit.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_exit.3 @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ is undefined if called from a cancellation handler or destructor function that was invoked as the result of an implicit or explicit call to .Fn pthread_exit . .Pp -After a thread has terminated, the result of access to local (auto) +After a thread has terminated, the result of access to local (auto) variables of the thread is undefined. Thus, references to local variables of the exiting thread should not be used for the diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_kill.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_kill.3 index b5bb859..a18a969 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_kill.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_kill.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd April 27, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_KILL 3 diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 index ec79518..555cdd4 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd May 1, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR 3 diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_once.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_once.3 index 736e32e..72a1322 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_once.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_once.3 @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ is not a cancellation point. However, if .Fn init_routine is a cancellation point and is cancelled, the effect on -.Fa once_control is as if +.Fa once_control is as if .Fn pthread_once was never called. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 index bd1bfe8..70acf92 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn pthread_rwlock_destroy -function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with +function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with .Fn pthread_rwlock_init . .Sh RETURN VALUES If successful, the diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 index 80db1a9..ab6a6e1 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The .Fn pthread_rwlockattr_destroy function is used to destroy a read/write lock attribute object -previously created with +previously created with .Fn pthread_rwlockattr_init . .Sh RETURN VALUES If successful, the diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_schedparam.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_schedparam.3 index 3e2e32e..96287e5 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_schedparam.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_schedparam.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd May 1, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_SCHEDPARAM 3 diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_sigmask.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_sigmask.3 index a335107..6af3464 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_sigmask.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_sigmask.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd April 27, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_SIGMASK 3 diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_destroy.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_destroy.3 index 4074adc..0de4691 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_destroy.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_destroy.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_DESTROY 3 diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_getvalue.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_getvalue.3 index e9ac2a6..3ee947a 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_getvalue.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_getvalue.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_GETVALUE 3 diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_init.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_init.3 index a727fe2..5f43c08 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_init.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_init.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_INIT 3 diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_open.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_open.3 index 22229b3..eec5a57 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_open.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_open.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_OPEN 3 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm sem_open , -.Nm sem_close , +.Nm sem_open , +.Nm sem_close , .Nm sem_unlink .Nd named semaphore operations .Sh LIBRARY diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_post.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_post.3 index 970550d..0c8dea4 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_post.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_post.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_POST 3 diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_wait.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_wait.3 index beff2e3..397cbfe 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_wait.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_wait.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_WAIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm sem_wait , +.Nm sem_wait , .Nm sem_trywait .Nd decrement (lock) a semaphore .Sh LIBRARY diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sigwait.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sigwait.3 index 818a623..bd46b1c 100644 --- a/lib/libc_r/man/sigwait.3 +++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sigwait.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd April 27, 2000 .Dt SIGWAIT 3 diff --git a/lib/libcalendar/calendar.3 b/lib/libcalendar/calendar.3 index 054b7e2..1e7b51a 100644 --- a/lib/libcalendar/calendar.3 +++ b/lib/libcalendar/calendar.3 @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ is the date in Gregorian Calendar, whereas .Fn easteroj returns the date in Julian Calendar. .Pp -The functions +The functions .Fn gdate , .Fn jdate , .Fn ndaysg @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ This function is defined for Gregorian Calendar only. .Pp The function .Fn weekday -returns the weekday (Mo = 0 .. Su = 6) of the day numbered +returns the weekday (Mo = 0 .. Su = 6) of the day numbered .Fa nd . .Pp The structure @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ and in this library. .Xr ncal 1 , .Xr strftime 3 .Sh STANDARDS -The week number conforms to ISO 8601: 1988. +The week number conforms to ISO 8601: 1988. .Sh HISTORY The .Nm calendar diff --git a/lib/libcam/cam.3 b/lib/libcam/cam.3 index fd838d3..2253bda 100644 --- a/lib/libcam/cam.3 +++ b/lib/libcam/cam.3 @@ -147,15 +147,15 @@ struct cam_device { * Unit number given by * the user. */ - char device_name[DEV_IDLEN+1];/* - * Name of the device, - * e.g. 'pass' + char device_name[DEV_IDLEN+1];/* + * Name of the device, + * e.g. 'pass' */ u_int32_t dev_unit_num; /* Unit number of the passthrough * device associated with this * particular device. */ - + char sim_name[SIM_IDLEN+1];/* * Controller name, e.g.'ahc' */ @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ returns an allocated and partially initialized CCB, or NULL if allocation of the CCB failed. .Pp .Fn cam_send_ccb -returns a value of -1 if an error occured, and +returns a value of -1 if an error occured, and .Va errno is set to indicate the error. .Pp @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ characters long. .Xr pass 4 , .Xr camcontrol 8 .Sh HISTORY -The CAM library first appeared in +The CAM library first appeared in .Fx 3.0 . .Sh AUTHORS .An Kenneth Merry Aq ken@FreeBSD.org diff --git a/lib/libcam/cam_cdbparse.3 b/lib/libcam/cam_cdbparse.3 index 741afb5..2ed7ef6 100644 --- a/lib/libcam/cam_cdbparse.3 +++ b/lib/libcam/cam_cdbparse.3 @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ layer. These functions may be used in new applications, but users may find it easier to use the various SCSI CCB building functions included with the .Xr cam 3 -library. (e.g. +library. (e.g. .Fn cam_fill_csio , .Fn scsi_start_stop , and @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ typedef enum { CAM_MSGB_VALID = 0x20000000,/* Message buffer valid */ CAM_STATUS_VALID = 0x40000000,/* Status buffer valid */ CAM_DATAB_VALID = 0x80000000,/* Data buffer valid */ - + /* Host target Mode flags */ CAM_TERM_IO = 0x20000000,/* Terminate I/O Message sup. */ CAM_DISCONNECT = 0x40000000,/* Disconnects are mandatory */ @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ driver is told to enable error recovery via the .Dv CAM_PASS_ERR_RECOVER flag. .Pp -The +The .Fa timeout tells the kernel how long to wait for the given command to complete. If the timeout expires and the command hasn't completed, the CCB will be @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ except that the values to substitute for variable arguments in are retrieved via the .Fn arg_get function passed in to -.Fn csio_build_visit +.Fn csio_build_visit instead of via .Xr stdarg 3 . The diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.1/cftime.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.1/cftime.3 index ed771e2..fd4e066 100644 --- a/lib/libcompat/4.1/cftime.3 +++ b/lib/libcompat/4.1/cftime.3 @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1994, 1995 Joerg Wunsch -.\" +.\" .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" This program is free software. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ .\" 4. The name of the developer may not be used to endorse or promote .\" products derived from this software without specific prior written .\" permission. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES .\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" +.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd June 15, 1993 diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.1/ftime.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.1/ftime.3 index 4896fa0..63da0ce8 100644 --- a/lib/libcompat/4.1/ftime.3 +++ b/lib/libcompat/4.1/ftime.3 @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ .Sh SYNOPSIS .Fd #include .Fd #include -.Ft int +.Ft int .Fn ftime "struct timeb *tp" .Sh DESCRIPTION .Bf -symbolic @@ -81,5 +81,5 @@ Daylight Saving time applies locally during the appropriate part of the year. .Sh HISTORY The .Nm -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.2 . diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.1/getpw.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.1/getpw.3 index d270e3c..618da44 100644 --- a/lib/libcompat/4.1/getpw.3 +++ b/lib/libcompat/4.1/getpw.3 @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ character. .Sh RETURN VALUES The .Fn getpw -function returns the zero if successful, otherwise +function returns the zero if successful, otherwise a non-zero if the entry does not exist. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /etc/passwd -compact diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.3 index 95b6589..dddb93c2 100644 --- a/lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.3 +++ b/lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.3 @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ the .Fn gtty call is .Ql ioctl(fd, TIOCGETP, buf) . -See +See .Xr ioctl 2 and .Xr tty 4 @@ -93,5 +93,5 @@ The .Fn stty and .Fn gtty -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.2 . diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.3/insque.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.3/insque.3 index 29ea3f4..2744dae 100644 --- a/lib/libcompat/4.3/insque.3 +++ b/lib/libcompat/4.3/insque.3 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ The insque and remque functions are considered obsolete. .Pp The .Fn insque -and +and .Fn remque functions manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists. Each @@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ element in the queue must be in the form of .Dq Li struct qelem . The function .Fn insque -inserts +inserts .Fa elem -in a queue immediately after +in a queue immediately after .Fa pred ; .Fn remque removes an entry @@ -85,5 +85,5 @@ The .Fn insque and .Fn remque -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.2 . diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.3/lsearch.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.3/lsearch.3 index 3e0ba94..40b2c3e 100644 --- a/lib/libcompat/4.3/lsearch.3 +++ b/lib/libcompat/4.3/lsearch.3 @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ is a comparison routine which is used to compare two elements. It takes two arguments which point to the .Fa key object and to an array member, in that order, and must return an integer -less than, equivalent to, or greater than zero if the +less than, equivalent to, or greater than zero if the .Fa key object is considered, respectively, to be less than, equal to, or greater than the array member. diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.3/re_comp.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.3/re_comp.3 index 10cd0a8..c4830b0 100644 --- a/lib/libcompat/4.3/re_comp.3 +++ b/lib/libcompat/4.3/re_comp.3 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This interface is made obsolete by The .Fn re_comp function -compiles a string into an internal form suitable for pattern matching. +compiles a string into an internal form suitable for pattern matching. The .Fn re_exec function @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ returns 0 if the string .Fa s was compiled successfully; otherwise a string containing an error message is returned. -If +If .Fn re_comp is passed 0 or a null string, it returns without changing the currently compiled regular expression. @@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ The strings passed to both .Fn re_comp and .Fn re_exec -may have trailing or embedded newline characters; +may have trailing or embedded newline characters; they are terminated by .Dv NUL Ns s . -The regular expressions recognized are described in the manual entry for +The regular expressions recognized are described in the manual entry for .Xr ed 1 , given the above difference. .Sh DIAGNOSTICS @@ -125,5 +125,5 @@ The .Fn re_comp and .Fn re_exec -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.0 . diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3 index a1b2a89..737c976 100644 --- a/lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3 +++ b/lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3 @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ .Fn rexec "char **ahost" "int inport" "char *user" "char *passwd" "char *cmd" "int *fd2p" .Sh DESCRIPTION .Bf -symbolic -This interface is obsoleted by +This interface is obsoleted by .Xr rcmd 3 . .Ef .Pp @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ specifies which well-known Internet port to use for the connection; the call .Fn getservbyname \*qexec\*q \*qtcp\*q -(see +(see .Xr getservent 3 ) will return a pointer to a structure, which contains the necessary port. @@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ as the secondary connection is set up after authorization has been verified. If .Fa fd2p -is 0, then the +is 0, then the .Em stderr (unit 2 of the remote -command) will be made the same as the +command) will be made the same as the .Em stdout and no provision is made for sending arbitrary signals to the remote process, @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ although you may be able to get its attention by using out-of-band data. .Sh HISTORY The .Fn rexec -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.2 . .Sh BUGS The diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.4/cuserid.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.4/cuserid.3 index 5ee3207..5ac7e34 100644 --- a/lib/libcompat/4.4/cuserid.3 +++ b/lib/libcompat/4.4/cuserid.3 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995 Joerg Wunsch -.\" +.\" .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ .\" 4. The name of the developer may not be used to endorse or promote .\" products derived from this software without specific prior written .\" permission. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES .\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" .Dd April 10, 1995 diff --git a/lib/libcrypt/crypt.3 b/lib/libcrypt/crypt.3 index ed401e2..3f8d79f 100644 --- a/lib/libcrypt/crypt.3 +++ b/lib/libcrypt/crypt.3 @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ string, 20 or 13 bytes (plus null) in length, consisting of the followed by the encoded 64-bit encryption. .Ss "Modular" crypt: .Pp -If the salt begins with the string +If the salt begins with the string .Fa $digit$ then the Modular Crypt Format is used. The .Fa digit diff --git a/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo.3 b/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo.3 index f3fb3a2..76dd7b0 100644 --- a/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo.3 +++ b/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo.3 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ .Fn devinfo_handle_to_rman "devinfo_handle_t handle" .Ft int .Fo devinfo_foreach_device_child -.Fa "struct devinfo_dev *parent" +.Fa "struct devinfo_dev *parent" .Fa "int \*[lp]*fn\*[rp]\*[lp]struct devinfo_dev *child, void *arg\*[rp]" .Fa "void *arg" .Fc @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ must be called again before using any other functions. .Fn devinfo_handle_to_resource and .Fn devinfo_handle_to_rman -return pointers to +return pointers to .Vt devinfo_dev , .Vt devinfo_res and diff --git a/lib/libdevstat/devstat.3 b/lib/libdevstat/devstat.3 index c7418a7..89a584b 100644 --- a/lib/libdevstat/devstat.3 +++ b/lib/libdevstat/devstat.3 @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ version. .Fn checkversion checks the userland devstat version against the kernel devstat version. If the two are identical, it returns zero. Otherwise, it prints an -appropriate error in +appropriate error in .Va devstat_errbuf and returns -1. .Pp @@ -134,12 +134,12 @@ fetches the current list of devices and statistics into the supplied .Va statinfo structure. The .Va statinfo -structure can be found in +structure can be found in .Aq Pa devstat.h : .Bd -literal -offset indent struct statinfo { long cp_time[CPUSTATES]; - long tk_nin; + long tk_nin; long tk_nout; struct devinfo *dinfo; struct timeval busy_time; @@ -205,10 +205,10 @@ variable. The generation subelement of the structure contains the generation number from the .Va kern.devstat.all .Nm sysctl -variable. +variable. The .Va numdevs -subelement of the +subelement of the .Va devinfo structure contains the current number of devices registered with the kernel @@ -228,11 +228,11 @@ from user input. .It performance If performance mode is enabled, devices will be sorted based on the .Va bytes -field in the +field in the .Va device_selection structure passed in to .Fn selectdevs . -The +The .Va bytes value currently must be maintained by the user. In the future, this may be done for him in a @@ -245,11 +245,11 @@ performance tracking code will honor those selections and will only sort among the selected devices. .It order in the devstat list If the selection mode is set to DS_SELECT_ADD, and if there are still less -than +than .Va maxshowdevs devices selected, .Fn selectdevs -will automatically select up to +will automatically select up to .Va maxshowdevs devices. .El @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ In add mode, .Fn selectdevs will select any unselected devices specified by name or matching pattern. It will also select more devices, in devstat list order, until the number -of selected devices is equal to +of selected devices is equal to .Va maxshowdevs or until all devices are selected. @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ any devices other than those specified. .Pp In all selection modes, .Fn selectdevs -will not select any more than +will not select any more than .Va maxshowdevs devices. One exception to this is when you are in @@ -300,26 +300,26 @@ device. This may be the wrong behavior, and probably requires additional thought. .Pp .Fn selectdevs -handles allocation and resizing of the +handles allocation and resizing of the .Va dev_select structure passed in by the client. .Fn selectdevs -uses the +uses the .Va numdevs -and +and .Va current_generation fields to track the current .Nm -generation and number of devices. If +generation and number of devices. If .Va num_selections is not the same -as +as .Va numdevs -or if +or if .Va select_generation -is not the same as +is not the same as .Va current_generation , .Fn selectdevs will resize the selection list as necessary, and re-initialize the @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Currently known match types include: .Bl -tag -width indent -compact .It device type: .Bl -tag -width 9n -compact -.It da +.It da Direct Access devices .It sa Sequential Access devices @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ is NULL, the result will be the total number of transactions listed in .It total_blocks This is basically .Va total_bytes -divided by the device blocksize. If the device blocksize is listed as +divided by the device blocksize. If the device blocksize is listed as .Sq 0 , the device blocksize will default to 512 bytes. .It kb_per_transfer @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ provides an easy way to find the difference in seconds between two structures. This is most commonly used in conjunction with the time recorded by the .Fn getdevs -function (in struct +function (in struct .Va statinfo ) each time it fetches the current .Nm diff --git a/lib/libdisk/libdisk.3 b/lib/libdisk/libdisk.3 index 7f1380f..00be4ce 100644 --- a/lib/libdisk/libdisk.3 +++ b/lib/libdisk/libdisk.3 @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ is a rootfs, allocate partition .It CHUNK_ACTIVE This is the active slice in the MBR. .It CHUNK_FORCE_ALL -Force a dedicated disk for +Force a dedicated disk for .Fx , bypassing all BIOS geometry considerations. .El @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Chunk name strings can be accessed directly using the external array .Va chunk_n . .Pp .Fn slice_type_name -returns the name strings associated with the specified +returns the name strings associated with the specified .Ql type . .Ql subtype . If diff --git a/lib/libedit/editline.3 b/lib/libedit/editline.3 index ab744ef..5034163 100644 --- a/lib/libedit/editline.3 +++ b/lib/libedit/editline.3 @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ may be modified by .Fn el_parse . The colon between .Dq prog -and the command, +and the command, .Ar command , will be replaced with a NUL .Po @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Otherwise, the current signal handlers will be used. Perform the .Ic bind builtin command. -Refer to +Refer to .Xr editrc 5 for more information. .It Dv EL_ECHOTC , Xo @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ for more information. Perform the .Ic echotc builtin command. -Refer to +Refer to .Xr editrc 5 for more information. .It Dv EL_SETTC , Xo @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ for more information. Perform the .Ic settc builtin command. -Refer to +Refer to .Xr editrc 5 for more information. .It Dv EL_SETTY , Xo @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ for more information. Perform the .Ic setty builtin command. -Refer to +Refer to .Xr editrc 5 for more information. .It Dv EL_TELLTC , Xo @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ for more information. Perform the .Ic telltc builtin command. -Refer to +Refer to .Xr editrc 5 for more information. .It Dv EL_ADDFN , Xo @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ should be the value returned by .It Fn el_source Initialise .Nm -by reading the contents of +by reading the contents of .Fa file . .Fn el_parse is called for each line in @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ if there isn't one. .It Dv H_ENTER , Fa "const char *str" Add .Fa str -as a new element to the history, and, if necessary, +as a new element to the history, and, if necessary, removing the oldest entry to keep the list to the created size. .It Dv H_PREV_STR , Fa "const char *str" Return the closest previous event that starts with diff --git a/lib/libedit/editrc.5 b/lib/libedit/editrc.5 index 62d993c..2d8c3e4 100644 --- a/lib/libedit/editrc.5 +++ b/lib/libedit/editrc.5 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Refer to .Sx BUILTIN COMMANDS for more information. .Pp -.Ar prog +.Ar prog is the program name string that a program defines when it calls .Xr el_init 3 to setup @@ -119,11 +119,11 @@ Options include: .It Fl e Bind all keys to the standard GNU Emacs-like bindings. .It Fl v -Bind all keys to the standard +Bind all keys to the standard .Xr vi 1 Ns -like bindings. .It Fl a -List or change key bindings in the +List or change key bindings in the .Xr vi 1 mode alternate (command mode) key map. .It Fl k diff --git a/lib/libfetch/fetch.3 b/lib/libfetch/fetch.3 index 7699a9a..f37735b 100644 --- a/lib/libfetch/fetch.3 +++ b/lib/libfetch/fetch.3 @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ structure pointed to by the .Fa us argument. .Pp -The +The .Fa flags argument is a string of characters which specify transfer options. The @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ unable to allocate memory, or the URL is syntactically incorrect, .Fn fetchParseURL returns a NULL pointer. .Pp -The +The .Fn fetchStat functions return 0 on success and -1 on failure. .Pp @@ -404,39 +404,39 @@ The following error codes are defined in .Aq Pa fetch.h : .Bl -tag -width 18n .It Bq Er FETCH_ABORT -Operation aborted +Operation aborted .It Bq Er FETCH_AUTH -Authentication failed +Authentication failed .It Bq Er FETCH_DOWN -Service unavailable +Service unavailable .It Bq Er FETCH_EXISTS -File exists +File exists .It Bq Er FETCH_FULL -File system full +File system full .It Bq Er FETCH_INFO -Informational response +Informational response .It Bq Er FETCH_MEMORY -Insufficient memory +Insufficient memory .It Bq Er FETCH_MOVED -File has moved +File has moved .It Bq Er FETCH_NETWORK -Network error +Network error .It Bq Er FETCH_OK -No error +No error .It Bq Er FETCH_PROTO -Protocol error +Protocol error .It Bq Er FETCH_RESOLV -Resolver error +Resolver error .It Bq Er FETCH_SERVER -Server error +Server error .It Bq Er FETCH_TEMP -Temporary error +Temporary error .It Bq Er FETCH_TIMEOUT -Operation timed out +Operation timed out .It Bq Er FETCH_UNAVAIL -File is not available +File is not available .It Bq Er FETCH_UNKNOWN -Unknown error +Unknown error .It Bq Er FETCH_URL Invalid URL .El diff --git a/lib/libftpio/ftpio.3 b/lib/libftpio/ftpio.3 index d702575..e8af689 100644 --- a/lib/libftpio/ftpio.3 +++ b/lib/libftpio/ftpio.3 @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ except that they are able to specify address family .Bl -tag -width FTP_PASSIVE_MODE -offset 3n .It Ev FTP_TIMEOUT Maximum time, in seconds, to wait for a response -from the peer before aborting an +from the peer before aborting an .Tn FTP connection. .It Ev FTP_PASSIVE_MODE diff --git a/lib/libipsec/ipsec_set_policy.3 b/lib/libipsec/ipsec_set_policy.3 index bb27a5b..f841df2 100644 --- a/lib/libipsec/ipsec_set_policy.3 +++ b/lib/libipsec/ipsec_set_policy.3 @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Both .Ar src and .Ar dst -can be omited. +can be omited. .Pp .Ar level must be set to one of the following: diff --git a/lib/libipx/ipx.3 b/lib/libipx/ipx.3 index bec7649..93e21e2 100644 --- a/lib/libipx/ipx.3 +++ b/lib/libipx/ipx.3 @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ .Sh SYNOPSIS .Fd #include .Fd #include -.Ft struct ipx_addr +.Ft struct ipx_addr .Fn ipx_addr "const char *cp" .Ft char * .Fn ipx_ntoa "struct ipx_addr ipx" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ notation in common use: .Ed .Pp Trailing zero fields are suppressed, and each number is printed in hexadecimal, -in a format suitable for input to +in a format suitable for input to .Fn ipx_addr . Any fields lacking super-decimal digits will have a trailing @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ The precursor .Fn ns_addr and .Fn ns_toa -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.3 . .Sh BUGS The string returned by diff --git a/lib/libkvm/kvm_geterr.3 b/lib/libkvm/kvm_geterr.3 index ee9506a..815828d 100644 --- a/lib/libkvm/kvm_geterr.3 +++ b/lib/libkvm/kvm_geterr.3 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ on the descriptor The results are undefined if the most recent .Xr kvm 3 library call did not produce an error. -The string returned is stored in memory owned by +The string returned is stored in memory owned by .Xr kvm 3 so the message should be copied out and saved elsewhere if necessary. .Sh BUGS @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ call, since failure is indicated by returning a .Dv NULL descriptor. Therefore, errors on open are output to the special error buffer -passed to +passed to .Fn kvm_openfiles . This option is not available to .Fn kvm_open . diff --git a/lib/libkvm/kvm_getprocs.3 b/lib/libkvm/kvm_getprocs.3 index 89b774b..e5e451d 100644 --- a/lib/libkvm/kvm_getprocs.3 +++ b/lib/libkvm/kvm_getprocs.3 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ .Sh NAME .Nm kvm_getprocs , .Nm kvm_getargv , -.Nm kvm_getenvv +.Nm kvm_getenvv .Nd access user process state .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libkvm @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ describes the filtering predicate as follows: .It Sy KERN_PROC_ALL all processes .It Sy KERN_PROC_PID -processes with process id +processes with process id .Fa arg .It Sy KERN_PROC_PGRP processes with process group @@ -97,13 +97,13 @@ The number of processes found is returned in the reference parameter .Fa cnt . The processes are returned as a contiguous array of kinfo_proc structures. This memory is locally allocated, and subsequent calls to -.Fn kvm_getprocs -and +.Fn kvm_getprocs +and .Fn kvm_close will overwrite this storage. .Pp .Fn kvm_getargv -returns a null-terminated argument vector that corresponds to the +returns a null-terminated argument vector that corresponds to the command line arguments passed to process indicated by .Fa p . Most likely, these arguments correspond to the values passed to @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Note that the original command name can be found, unaltered, in the p_comm field of the process structure returned by .Fn kvm_getprocs . .Pp -The +The .Fa nchr argument indicates the maximum number of characters, including null bytes, to use in building the strings. If this amount is exceeded, the string @@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ that print only a one line summary of a command and should not copy out large amounts of text only to ignore it. If .Fa nchr -is zero, no limit is imposed and all argument strings are returned in +is zero, no limit is imposed and all argument strings are returned in their entirety. .Pp The memory allocated to the argv pointers and string storage -is owned by the kvm library. Subsequent -.Fn kvm_getprocs -and +is owned by the kvm library. Subsequent +.Fn kvm_getprocs +and .Xr kvm_close 3 calls will clobber this storage. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libkvm/kvm_getswapinfo.3 b/lib/libkvm/kvm_getswapinfo.3 index 0356d90..a3c44c8 100644 --- a/lib/libkvm/kvm_getswapinfo.3 +++ b/lib/libkvm/kvm_getswapinfo.3 @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ value 0 and the single .Vt kvm_swap structure will be filled with the grand total over all swap devices. The grand total is calculated -from all available swap devices whether or not you made room +from all available swap devices whether or not you made room for them all in the array. the grant total is returned. .Pp @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ it reuses in successive calls. You may call the function with .Fa kd == -.Dv NULL +.Dv NULL to clear the cache. .Sh DIAGNOSTICS If the load average was unobtainable, \-1 is returned; otherwise, diff --git a/lib/libkvm/kvm_open.3 b/lib/libkvm/kvm_open.3 index b624b3c..c22c49c 100644 --- a/lib/libkvm/kvm_open.3 +++ b/lib/libkvm/kvm_open.3 @@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The functions .Fn kvm_open -and +and .Fn kvm_openfiles return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory -via the +via the .Xr kvm 3 library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible through this interface. @@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ the currently running system is assumed, as determined from .Xr getbootfile 3 . .Pp -.Fa corefile +.Fa corefile is the kernel memory device file. It can be either /dev/mem -or a crash dump core generated by +or a crash dump core generated by .Xr savecore 8 . If .Fa corefile @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ should indicate the swap device. If from is used. .Pp The -.Fa flags +.Fa flags argument indicates read/write access as in .Xr open 2 and applies only to the core file. @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ and .Dv O_RDWR are permitted. .Pp -There are two open routines which differ only with respect to +There are two open routines which differ only with respect to the error mechanism. One provides backward compatibility with the SunOS kvm library, while the other provides an improved error reporting framework. @@ -116,11 +116,11 @@ function is the Sun kvm compatible open call. Here, the .Fa errstr argument indicates how errors should be handled. If it is .Dv NULL , -no errors are reported and the application cannot know the +no errors are reported and the application cannot know the specific nature of the failed kvm call. If it is not .Dv NULL , -errors are printed to stderr with +errors are printed to stderr with .Fa errstr prepended to the message, as in .Xr perror 3 . @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ argument. This buffer should be _POSIX2_LINE_MAX characters large (from .Sh RETURN VALUES The .Fn kvm_open -and +and .Fn kvm_openfiles functions both return a descriptor to be used in all subsequent kvm library calls. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ On failure, .Dv NULL is returned, in which case .Fn kvm_openfiles -writes the error message into +writes the error message into .Fa errbuf . .Pp The diff --git a/lib/libkvm/kvm_read.3 b/lib/libkvm/kvm_read.3 index 183df72..cfde604 100644 --- a/lib/libkvm/kvm_read.3 +++ b/lib/libkvm/kvm_read.3 @@ -66,19 +66,19 @@ for information regarding opening kernel virtual memory and crash dumps. The .Fn kvm_read function transfers -.Fa nbytes +.Fa nbytes bytes of data from the kernel space address .Fa addr to .Fa buf . -Conversely, +Conversely, .Fn kvm_write transfers data from .Fa buf to .Fa addr . -Unlike their SunOS counterparts, these functions cannot be used to +Unlike their SunOS counterparts, these functions cannot be used to read or write process address spaces. .Sh RETURN VALUES Upon success, the number of bytes actually transferred is returned. diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/acos.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/acos.3 index ceff4c7..b19dde4 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/acos.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/acos.3 @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ A domain error occurs for arguments not in the range [-1, +1]. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see .Xr math 3 . .Sh RETURN VALUES -The +The .Fn acos function returns the arc cosine in the range .Bq 0 , \*(Pi diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/acosh.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/acosh.3 index a0b8498..495f3d7 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/acosh.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/acosh.3 @@ -80,5 +80,5 @@ causes a reserved operand fault. .Sh HISTORY The .Fn acosh -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/asinh.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/asinh.3 index a69e00f..7266dad 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/asinh.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/asinh.3 @@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ returns the inverse hyperbolic sine of .Sh HISTORY The .Fn asinh -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/atan2.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/atan2.3 index 4ad7ad5..dba32d4 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/atan2.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/atan2.3 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ the return value. The .Xr atan2 function, if successful, -returns the arc tangent of +returns the arc tangent of .Ar y/ Ns Ar x in the range .Bk -words diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/cos.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/cos.3 index b0a7c46..6695270 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/cos.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/cos.3 @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The function computes the cosine of .Fa x (measured in radians). -A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no +A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see .Xr math 3 . diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/cosh.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/cosh.3 index 091dcc1..47cb320 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/cosh.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/cosh.3 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ of is too large; in this event, the global variable .Va errno is set to -.Er ERANGE . +.Er ERANGE . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr acos 3 , .Xr asin 3 , diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/erf.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/erf.3 index 442a1b3..d0f4071 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/erf.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/erf.3 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ calculates the error function of x; where .if n \{\ erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)\(**\|integral from 0 to x of exp(\-t\(**t) dt. \} .if t \{\ -erf\|(x) := +erf\|(x) := (2/\(sr\(*p)\|\(is\d\s8\z0\s10\u\u\s8x\s10\d\|exp(\-t\u\s82\s10\d)\|dt. \} .Ed .Pp diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/exp.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/exp.3 index 3c8a5aa..ae54b7f 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/exp.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/exp.3 @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ of to the exponent .Ar y . .Sh ERROR (due to Roundoff etc.) -exp(x), log(x), expm1(x) and log1p(x) are accurate to within +exp(x), log(x), expm1(x) and log1p(x) are accurate to within an .Em up , and log10(x) to within about 2 @@ -231,10 +231,10 @@ infinite or \*(Na) before computing x**0 cannot care whether 0**0 = 1 or not. Any program that depends upon 0**0 to be invalid is dubious anyway since that -expression's meaning and, if invalid, its consequences +expression's meaning and, if invalid, its consequences vary from one computer system to another. .It -Some Algebra texts (e.g. Sigler's) define x**0 = 1 for +Some Algebra texts (e.g. Sigler's) define x**0 = 1 for all x, including x = 0. This is compatible with the convention that accepts a[0] as the value of polynomial @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ The reason for setting 0**0 = 1 anyway is this: If x(z) and y(z) are .Em any functions analytic (expandable -in power series) in z around z = 0, and if there +in power series) in z around z = 0, and if there x(0) = y(0) = 0, then x(z)**y(z) \(-> 1 as z \(-> 0. .Ed .It diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/ieee.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/ieee.3 index c918418..c0e0474 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/ieee.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/ieee.3 @@ -46,15 +46,15 @@ .Lb libm .Sh SYNOPSIS .Fd #include -.Ft double +.Ft double .Fn copysign "double x" "double y" -.Ft double +.Ft double .Fn drem "double x" "double y" -.Ft int +.Ft int .Fn finite "double x" -.Ft double +.Ft double .Fn logb "double x" -.Ft double +.Ft double .Fn scalb "double x" "int n" .Sh DESCRIPTION These functions are required for, or recommended by the @@ -167,11 +167,11 @@ and .Fn drem \\*(If y to be invalid operations that produce a \*(Na. On the -.Tn VAX , +.Tn VAX , .Fn drem x 0 generates a reserved operand fault. No \*(If exists on a -.Tn VAX . +.Tn VAX . .Pp .Tn IEEE 754 defines @@ -182,17 +182,17 @@ exists on a = \-\*(If, and requires the latter to signal Division\-by\-Zero. But on a -.Tn VAX , +.Tn VAX , .Fn logb 0 = 1.0 \- 2.0**31 = \-2,147,483,647.0. And if the correct value of .Fn scalb would overflow on a -.Tn VAX , +.Tn VAX , it generates a reserved operand fault and sets the global variable .Va errno to -.Er ERANGE . +.Er ERANGE . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr floor 3 , .Xr infnan 3 , @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ to .Sh HISTORY The .Nm ieee -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.3 . .Sh BUGS Should @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ and .Fn logb 0 on a .Tn VAX -signal invalidity +signal invalidity by setting .Va errno No = Er EDOM ? Should @@ -221,12 +221,12 @@ return \-1.7e38? .Fn logb "denormalized no.\&" = .Fn logb "tiniest normalized no. > 0" -but the consensus has changed to the specification in the new +but the consensus has changed to the specification in the new proposed .Tn IEEE standard p854, namely that .Fn logb x -satisfy +satisfy .Bd -ragged -offset indent 1 \(<= .Fn scalb \\*(Bax\\*(Ba \-logb(x) @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ for 754 .Ed .Pp -for every x except 0, +for every x except 0, \*(If and \*(Na. Almost every program that assumes 754's specification will work @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ similar in spirit to the .Tn VAX Ns 's reserved operand, but very different in important details. Since the sign bit of a -reserved operand makes it look negative, +reserved operand makes it look negative, .Bd -ragged -offset indent .Fn copysign x "reserved operand" = diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/infnan.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/infnan.3 index e4ca774..d3361ac 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/infnan.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/infnan.3 @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ .Lb libm .Sh SYNOPSIS .Fd #include -.Ft double +.Ft double .Fn infnan "int iarg" .Sh DESCRIPTION At some time in the future, some of the useful properties of @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ in appropriate places in .Xr libm 3 . When better exception\-handling is implemented in -.Tn UNIX , +.Tn UNIX , only .Fn infnan among the codes in @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ when they invoke .Fn infnan iarg under analogous circumstances on a -.Tn VAX . +.Tn VAX . Currently .Fn infnan stops computation under all those @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ and a value for a revised .Fn infnan to return. And a C program to -implement that suggestion follows. +implement that suggestion follows. .Bl -column "IEEE Signal" "IEEE Default" XXERANGE ERANGEXXorXXEDOM .It "IEEE Signal IEEE Default " Fa iarg Ta Va errno Ta Fn infnan .It "Invalid \*(Na " Er "EDOM EDOM 0" @@ -173,5 +173,5 @@ and .Sh HISTORY The .Fn infnan -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/j0.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/j0.3 index 430619e..5bfb9a7 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/j0.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/j0.3 @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ the function computes the .Em "Bessel function of the second kind for the integer order" .Fa n -for the positive +for the positive .Em integer value .Fa x diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/lgamma.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/lgamma.3 index feb5a86..24f769e 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/lgamma.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/lgamma.3 @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ will underflow. .Sh HISTORY The .Fn lgamma -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.3 . The .Fn gamma diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/math.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/math.3 index 2e26575..4bc1ff3 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/math.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/math.3 @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ correctly through multiplication and division, and .If (finite)/\(+- \0=\0\(+-0 (nonzero)/0 = .If \(+- . -But +But .if n \ Infinity\-Infinity, Infinity\(**0 and Infinity/Infinity .if t \ diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/sinh.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/sinh.3 index 3009473..a5cfbee 100644 --- a/lib/libm/common_source/sinh.3 +++ b/lib/libm/common_source/sinh.3 @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ function computes the hyperbolic sine of The .Fn sinh function returns the hyperbolic sine value unless -the magnitude +the magnitude of .Fa x is too large; in this event, the global variable diff --git a/lib/libmd/mdX.3 b/lib/libmd/mdX.3 index 2363200..9dfe187 100644 --- a/lib/libmd/mdX.3 +++ b/lib/libmd/mdX.3 @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The MDX functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash-function, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive search) -the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is +the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is a ``fingerprint'' of the input-data, which doesn't disclose the actual input. .Pp @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ which converts the return value to a 33-character string which represents the 128 bits in hexadecimal. .Pp .Fn MDXFile -calculates the digest of a file, and uses +calculates the digest of a file, and uses .Fn MDXEnd to return the result. If the file cannot be opened, a null pointer is returned. @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ When using .Fn MDXFile , or .Fn MDXData , -the +the .Fa buf argument can be a null pointer, in which case the returned string is allocated with @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ is allocated with and subsequently must be explicitly deallocated using .Xr free 3 after use. -If the +If the .Fa buf argument is non-null it must point to at least 33 characters of buffer space. .Sh SEE ALSO @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ argument is non-null it must point to at least 33 characters of buffer space. .%O RFC 1321 .Re .Rs -.%A RSA Laboratories +.%A RSA Laboratories .%T Frequently Asked Questions About today's Cryptography .%O \& .Re diff --git a/lib/libmd/ripemd.3 b/lib/libmd/ripemd.3 index 273a3bf..2e2abc8 100644 --- a/lib/libmd/ripemd.3 +++ b/lib/libmd/ripemd.3 @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impractical to find -the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is +the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is a ``fingerprint'' of the input-data, which doesn't disclose the actual input. .Pp @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ which converts the return value to a 41-character string which represents the 160 bits in hexadecimal. .Pp .Fn RIPEMD160_File -calculates the digest of a file, and uses +calculates the digest of a file, and uses .Fn RIPEMD160_End to return the result. If the file cannot be opened, a null pointer is returned. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ When using .Fn RIPEMD160_File , or .Fn RIPEMD160_Data , -the +the .Fa buf argument can be a null pointer, in which case the returned string is allocated with @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ is allocated with and subsequently must be explicitly deallocated using .Xr free 3 after use. -If the +If the .Fa buf argument is non-null it must point to at least 41 characters of buffer space. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/lib/libmd/sha.3 b/lib/libmd/sha.3 index 16bf68e..1f69450 100644 --- a/lib/libmd/sha.3 +++ b/lib/libmd/sha.3 @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ and functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impractical to find -the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is +the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is a ``fingerprint'' of the input-data, which doesn't disclose the actual input. .Pp @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ which converts the return value to a 41-character string which represents the 160 bits in hexadecimal. .Pp .Fn SHA1_File -calculates the digest of a file, and uses +calculates the digest of a file, and uses .Fn SHA1_End to return the result. If the file cannot be opened, a null pointer is returned. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ When using .Fn SHA1_File , or .Fn SHA1_Data , -the +the .Fa buf argument can be a null pointer, in which case the returned string is allocated with @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ is allocated with and subsequently must be explicitly deallocated using .Xr free 3 after use. -If the +If the .Fa buf argument is non-null it must point to at least 41 characters of buffer space. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/lib/libnetgraph/netgraph.3 b/lib/libnetgraph/netgraph.3 index 92640fb..feff469 100644 --- a/lib/libnetgraph/netgraph.3 +++ b/lib/libnetgraph/netgraph.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 1996-1999 Whistle Communications, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Subject to the following obligations and disclaimer of warranty, use and .\" redistribution of this software, in source or object code forms, with or .\" without modifications are expressly permitted by Whistle Communications; @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ .\" Communications, Inc. trademarks, including the mark "WHISTLE .\" COMMUNICATIONS" on advertising, endorsements, or otherwise except as .\" such appears in the above copyright notice or in the software. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED BY WHISTLE COMMUNICATIONS "AS IS", AND .\" TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WHISTLE COMMUNICATIONS MAKES NO .\" REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THIS SOFTWARE, diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr.3 index c34df1e..6707b0a 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd April 28, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_ATTR 3 @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ functions set the attribute that corresponds to each function name. The .Fn pthread_attr_get* functions copy the value of the attribute that corresponds to each function name -to the location pointed to by the second function parameter. +to the location pointed to by the second function parameter. .Sh RETURN VALUES If successful, these functions return 0. Otherwise, an error number is returned to indicate the error. diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_condattr.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_condattr.3 index 5b0200f..d117c75 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_condattr.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_condattr.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd April 28, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_CONDATTR 3 diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_detach.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_detach.3 index 75c9d42..a3b660f 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_detach.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_detach.3 @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ If has not terminated, .Fn pthread_detach will not cause it to terminate. -The effect of multiple +The effect of multiple .Fn pthread_detach calls on the same target thread is unspecified. .Sh RETURN VALUES diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_exit.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_exit.3 index 5f6f75b..1eabc9b 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_exit.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_exit.3 @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ is undefined if called from a cancellation handler or destructor function that was invoked as the result of an implicit or explicit call to .Fn pthread_exit . .Pp -After a thread has terminated, the result of access to local (auto) +After a thread has terminated, the result of access to local (auto) variables of the thread is undefined. Thus, references to local variables of the exiting thread should not be used for the diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_kill.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_kill.3 index b5bb859..a18a969 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_kill.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_kill.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd April 27, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_KILL 3 diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 index ec79518..555cdd4 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd May 1, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR 3 diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_once.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_once.3 index 736e32e..72a1322 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_once.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_once.3 @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ is not a cancellation point. However, if .Fn init_routine is a cancellation point and is cancelled, the effect on -.Fa once_control is as if +.Fa once_control is as if .Fn pthread_once was never called. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 index bd1bfe8..70acf92 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn pthread_rwlock_destroy -function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with +function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with .Fn pthread_rwlock_init . .Sh RETURN VALUES If successful, the diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 index 80db1a9..ab6a6e1 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The .Fn pthread_rwlockattr_destroy function is used to destroy a read/write lock attribute object -previously created with +previously created with .Fn pthread_rwlockattr_init . .Sh RETURN VALUES If successful, the diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_schedparam.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_schedparam.3 index 3e2e32e..96287e5 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_schedparam.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_schedparam.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd May 1, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_SCHEDPARAM 3 diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_sigmask.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_sigmask.3 index a335107..6af3464 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_sigmask.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_sigmask.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd April 27, 2000 .Dt PTHREAD_SIGMASK 3 diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_destroy.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_destroy.3 index 4074adc..0de4691 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_destroy.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_destroy.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_DESTROY 3 diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_getvalue.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_getvalue.3 index e9ac2a6..3ee947a 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_getvalue.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_getvalue.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_GETVALUE 3 diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_init.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_init.3 index a727fe2..5f43c08 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_init.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_init.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_INIT 3 diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_open.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_open.3 index 22229b3..eec5a57 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_open.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_open.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_OPEN 3 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm sem_open , -.Nm sem_close , +.Nm sem_open , +.Nm sem_close , .Nm sem_unlink .Nd named semaphore operations .Sh LIBRARY diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_post.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_post.3 index 970550d..0c8dea4 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_post.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_post.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_POST 3 diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_wait.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_wait.3 index beff2e3..397cbfe 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_wait.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_wait.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd February 15, 2000 .Dt SEM_WAIT 3 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm sem_wait , +.Nm sem_wait , .Nm sem_trywait .Nd decrement (lock) a semaphore .Sh LIBRARY diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sigwait.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sigwait.3 index 818a623..bd46b1c 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/man/sigwait.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sigwait.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans . .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in .\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the .\" distribution. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY .\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE .\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, .\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd April 27, 2000 .Dt SIGWAIT 3 diff --git a/lib/libstand/libstand.3 b/lib/libstand/libstand.3 index 860438e..b8a5643 100644 --- a/lib/libstand/libstand.3 +++ b/lib/libstand/libstand.3 @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm provides a set of supporting functions for standalone -applications, mimicking where possible the standard BSD programming +applications, mimicking where possible the standard BSD programming environment. The following sections group these functions by kind. Unless specifically described here, see the corresponding section 3 manpages for the given functions. .Sh STRING FUNCTIONS String functions are available as documented in -.Xr string 3 +.Xr string 3 and .Xr bstring 3 . .Sh MEMORY ALLOCATION @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ These functions behave similarly to their standard library counterparts. .Fn env_getenv "const char *name" .Xc .Pp -Looks up a variable in the environment and returns its entire +Looks up a variable in the environment and returns its entire data structure. .It Xo .Ft int @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ data structure. .Pp Creates a new or sets an existing environment variable called .Fa name . -If creating a new variable, the +If creating a new variable, the .Fa sethook and .Fa unsethook @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ again with EV_NOHOOK set to actually save the value. The predefined function may be specified to refuse all attempts to set a variable. .Pp The unset hook is invoked when an attempt is made to unset a variable. -If it +If it returns zero, the variable will be unset. The predefined function .Fa env_nounset may be used to prevent a variable being unset. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Requires .Pp Defined as .Fn _setjmp -and +and .Fn _lonjmp respectively as there is no signal state to manipulate. Requires .Fd #include @@ -245,8 +245,8 @@ if successful, or -1 if a read error occurs. .Pp The *printf functions implement a subset of the standard .Fn printf -family functionality and some extensions. The following standard conversions -are supported: c,d,n,o,p,s,u,x. The following modifiers are supported: +family functionality and some extensions. The following standard conversions +are supported: c,d,n,o,p,s,u,x. The following modifiers are supported: +,-,#,*,0,field width,precision,l. .Pp The @@ -254,9 +254,9 @@ The conversion is provided to decode error registers. Its usage is: .Pp .Bd -ragged -offset indent -printf( -.Qq reg=%b\en , -regval, +printf( +.Qq reg=%b\en , +regval, .Qq * ); .Ed @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ printf( .Qq %6D , ptr, .Qq \&: -); gives +); gives .Qq XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX .Ed .Bd -ragged -offset indent @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ printf( len, ptr, .Qq "\ " -); gives +); gives .Qq XX XX XX ... .Ed .El @@ -398,9 +398,9 @@ and .Fn fstat functions only fill out the following fields in the .Fa sb -structure: st_mode,st_nlink,st_uid,st_gid,st_size. The +structure: st_mode,st_nlink,st_uid,st_gid,st_size. The .Nm tftp -filesystem cannot provide meaningful values for this call, and the +filesystem cannot provide meaningful values for this call, and the .Nm cd9660 filesystem always reports files having uid/gid of zero. .El @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ Returns -1 on error, 0 at EOF, or 1 if the user elects to quit while reading. .Fn twiddle void .Xc .Pp -Successive calls emit the characters in the sequence |,/,-,\\ followed by a +Successive calls emit the characters in the sequence |,/,-,\\ followed by a backspace in order to provide reassurance to the user. .El .Sh REQUIRED LOW-LEVEL SUPPORT @@ -464,9 +464,9 @@ functions can be invoked. Stack requirements vary depending on the functions and filesystems used by the consumer and the support layer functions detailed below. .Pp -The heap must be established before calling +The heap must be established before calling .Fn alloc -or +or .Fn open by calling .Fn setheap . @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ Heap usage will vary depending on the number of simultaneously open files, as well as client behaviour. Automatic decompression will allocate more than 64K of data per open file. .Pp -Console access is performed via the +Console access is performed via the .Fn getchar , .Fn putchar and @@ -515,9 +515,9 @@ Returns nonzero if a character is waiting from the console. .Xc .Pp Write a character to the console, used by -.Fn gets , -.Fn ngets , -.Fn *printf , +.Fn gets , +.Fn ngets , +.Fn *printf , .Fn panic and .Fn twiddle @@ -531,11 +531,11 @@ Open the appropriate device for the file named in .Fa name , returning in .Fa file -a pointer to the remaining body of +a pointer to the remaining body of .Fa name which does not refer to the device. The .Va f_dev -field in +field in .Fa of will be set to point to the .Vt devsw @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ The lack of detailed memory usage data is unhelpful. .Nm contains contributions from many sources, including: .Bl -bullet -compact -.It +.It .Nm libsa from .Nx diff --git a/lib/libtacplus/libtacplus.3 b/lib/libtacplus/libtacplus.3 index 713db01..ccea628d 100644 --- a/lib/libtacplus/libtacplus.3 +++ b/lib/libtacplus/libtacplus.3 @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ initial authentication request. .Pp When it receives the CONTINUE packet, the server may again request more information by returning -.Dv TAC_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETDATA , +.Dv TAC_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETDATA , .Dv TAC_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETUSER , or .Dv TAC_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETPASS . @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ can be retrieved by calling .Fn tac_strerror . The message text is overwritten on each new error for the given .Va struct tac_handle * . -Thus the message must be copied if it is to be preserved through +Thus the message must be copied if it is to be preserved through subsequent library calls using the same handle. .Sh CLEANUP To free the resources used by the TACACS+ library, call @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ they detect an error, they return -1 and record an error message which can be retrieved using .Fn tac_strerror . .Pp -.Bl -item -offset indent -compact +.Bl -item -offset indent -compact .It .Fn tac_add_server .It diff --git a/lib/libutil/auth.3 b/lib/libutil/auth.3 index b575bcf..68539db 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/auth.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/auth.3 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 Jordan Hubbard -.\" +.\" .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" " .Dd October 7, 1998 diff --git a/lib/libutil/login.3 b/lib/libutil/login.3 index ed6d728..41612fb 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/login.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/login.3 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Joerg Wunsch -.\" +.\" .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" " .Dd December 29, 1996 diff --git a/lib/libutil/login.conf.5 b/lib/libutil/login.conf.5 index 64d49ab..37580b6 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/login.conf.5 +++ b/lib/libutil/login.conf.5 @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ for a more in-depth description of the format of a capability database. Fields within each record in the database follow the .Xr getcap 3 conventions for boolean, type string -.Ql \&= +.Ql \&= and type numeric .Ql \&# , although type numeric is depreciated in favour of the string format and diff --git a/lib/libutil/login_auth.3 b/lib/libutil/login_auth.3 index 0499b89..0144f5c 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/login_auth.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/login_auth.3 @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ .\" .Nm auth_scan .\" .Nm auth_rmfiles .Nm auth_checknologin , -.Nm auth_cat -.\" .Nm auth_ttyok -.\" .Nm auth_hostok +.Nm auth_cat +.\" .Nm auth_ttyok +.\" .Nm auth_hostok .\" .Nm auth_timesok .Nd "authentication style support library for login class capabilities database" .Sh LIBRARY diff --git a/lib/libutil/login_cap.3 b/lib/libutil/login_cap.3 index 97f7f54..12f6412 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/login_cap.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/login_cap.3 @@ -152,10 +152,10 @@ functions will search for a record with an id of "default", with that name returned in the .Ar lc_class field. -In addition, if the referenced user has a UID of 0 (normally, -"root", although the user name is not considered) then -.Fn login_getpwclass -will search for a record with an id of "root" before it searches +In addition, if the referenced user has a UID of 0 (normally, +"root", although the user name is not considered) then +.Fn login_getpwclass +will search for a record with an id of "root" before it searches for the record with the id of "default". .Pp The @@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ contained within it may override the system defaults. This scheme allows users to override some login settings from those in the system login class database by creating class records for their own private class with a record id of `me'. -In the context of a +In the context of a .Em login , it should be noted that some options cannot by overridden by users for two reasons; many options, such as resource settings -and default process priorities, require root privileges +and default process priorities, require root privileges in order to take effect, and other fields in the user's file are not be consulted at all during the early phases of login for security or administrative reasons. @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ The manpage for .Xr login.conf 5 deals in specific tags and their type. .Pp -Note that with all functions in this group, you should not call +Note that with all functions in this group, you should not call .Xr free 3 on any pointers returned. Memory allocated during retrieval or processing of capability @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ If in the first format, then the value given may be "inf" or "infinity" which results in a return value of RLIM_INFINITY. If the given capability tag cannot be found, the .Ar def -parameter is returned, and if an error occurs, the +parameter is returned, and if an error occurs, the .Ar error parameter is returned. .It Fn login_getcapsize diff --git a/lib/libutil/login_ok.3 b/lib/libutil/login_ok.3 index 817cc6b..c25049a 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/login_ok.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/login_ok.3 @@ -46,17 +46,17 @@ class capability entries in the login database, .Pp .Fn auth_ttyok checks to see if the named tty is available to users of a specific -class, and is either in the +class, and is either in the .Em ttys.allow access list, and not in -the +the .Em ttys.deny access list. -An empty +An empty .Em ttys.allow list (or if no such capability exists for the give login class) logins via any tty device are allowed unless -the +the .Em ttys.deny list exists and is non-empty, and the device or its tty group (see @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ name, a device name which includes a wildcard (e.g. ttyD* or cuaD*), or may name a ttygroup, when group= tags have been assigned in .Pa /etc/ttys . Matching of ttys and ttygroups is case sensitive. -Passing a +Passing a .Dv NULL or empty string as the .Ar tty @@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ parameter causes the function to return a non-zero value. .Fn auth_hostok checks for any host restrictions for remote logins. The function checks on both a host name and IP address (given in its -text form, typically n.n.n.n) against the +text form, typically n.n.n.n) against the .Em host.allow -and +and .Em host.deny login class capabilities. As with ttys and their groups, wildcards and character classes may be @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ is in its canonical form. No hostname or address lookups are attempted. .Pp It is possible to call this function with either the hostname or -the IP address missing (i.e. +the IP address missing (i.e. .Dv NULL ) and matching will be performed only on the basis of the parameter given. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ function checks to see that a given time value is within the login class capability and not within the .Em times.deny access lists. -An empty or non-existent +An empty or non-existent .Em times.allow list allows access at any time, except if a given time is falls within a period in the @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ manual page. A non-zero return value from any of these functions indicates that login access is granted. A zero return value means either that the item being tested is not -in the +in the .Em allow access list, or is within the .Em deny diff --git a/lib/libutil/login_times.3 b/lib/libutil/login_times.3 index fff232a..28afbfa 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/login_times.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/login_times.3 @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ parameter to the function is not NULL, the time at which the period ends relative to the time passed is returned. .Pp The -.Fn in_ltms +.Fn in_ltms function is similar to .Fn in_ltm except that the first parameter must be a pointer to an array diff --git a/lib/libutil/login_tty.3 b/lib/libutil/login_tty.3 index 84a39e1..8cbb200 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/login_tty.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/login_tty.3 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Joerg Wunsch -.\" +.\" .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" " .Dd December 29, 1996 diff --git a/lib/libutil/logout.3 b/lib/libutil/logout.3 index dd083ab..a129e54 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/logout.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/logout.3 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Joerg Wunsch -.\" +.\" .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" " .Dd December 29, 1996 diff --git a/lib/libutil/logwtmp.3 b/lib/libutil/logwtmp.3 index 1ba4347..f8fa4b6 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/logwtmp.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/logwtmp.3 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Joerg Wunsch -.\" +.\" .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" " .Dd December 29, 1996 diff --git a/lib/libutil/property.3 b/lib/libutil/property.3 index 174665c..f945bd5 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/property.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/property.3 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 Jordan Hubbard -.\" +.\" .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" " .Dd October 7, 1998 .Os .Dt PROPERTIES 3 .Sh NAME -.Nm properties_read , +.Nm properties_read , .Nm propery_find , .Nm properties_free .Nd "functions to allow creating simple property lists from ASCII file data" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Each property in the file is assumed to have the format of .Fa name = value where .Fa name -is an alphanumeric string (and any punctuation not including the `=' character) +is an alphanumeric string (and any punctuation not including the `=' character) and .Fa value is an arbitary string of text terminated by a newline character. If newlines diff --git a/lib/libutil/pty.3 b/lib/libutil/pty.3 index cb2e461..3284968 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/pty.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/pty.3 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Joerg Wunsch -.\" +.\" .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" " .Dd December 29, 1996 .Os .Dt PTY 3 .Sh NAME -.Nm openpty , +.Nm openpty , .Nm forkpty .Nd auxiliary functions to obtain a pseudo-terminal .Sh LIBRARY diff --git a/lib/libutil/uucplock.3 b/lib/libutil/uucplock.3 index 404834b..ad801cc 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/uucplock.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/uucplock.3 @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Brian Somers -.\" +.\" .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" " .Dd March 30, 1997 .Os .Dt UUCPLOCK 3 .Sh NAME -.Nm uu_lock , +.Nm uu_lock , .Nm uu_unlock , .Nm uu_lockerr .Nd acquire and release control of a serial device diff --git a/lib/libvgl/vgl.3 b/lib/libvgl/vgl.3 index 19a4a39..a65aa00 100644 --- a/lib/libvgl/vgl.3 +++ b/lib/libvgl/vgl.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Søren Schmidt .\" All rights reserved. -.\" +.\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products .\" derived from this software withough specific prior written permission. -.\" +.\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES .\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" +.\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .Dd November 7, 1999 .Dt VGL 3 @@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ .Fd #include .Ft int .Fn VGLInit "int mode" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLEnd "void" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLCheckSwitch "void" -.Ft int +.Ft int .Fn VGLTextSetFontFile "char *filename" .Ft int .Fn VGLKeyboardInit "int code" @@ -83,29 +83,29 @@ .Fn VGLKeyboardEnd "void" .Ft int .Fn VGLKeyboardGetCh "void" -.Ft int +.Ft int .Fn VGLMouseInit "int mode" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLMouseMode "int mode" -.Ft int +.Ft int .Fn VGLMouseStatus "int *x" "int *y" "char *buttons" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLMouseSetImage "VGLBitmap *AndMask" "VGLBitmap *OrMask" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLMouseSetStdImage "void" -.Ft byte +.Ft byte .Fn VGLGetXY "VGLBitmap *object" "int x" "int y" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLSetXY "VGLBitmap *object" "int x" "int y" "byte color" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLLine "VGLBitmap *object" "int x1" "int y1" "int x2" "int y2" "byte color" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLBox "VGLBitmap *object" "int x1" "int y1" "int x2" "int y2" "byte color" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLFilledBox "VGLBitmap *object" "int x1" "int y1" "int x2" "int y2" "byte color" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLEllipse "VGLBitmap *object" "int xc" "int yc" "int a" "int b" "byte color" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLFilledEllipse "VGLBitmap *object" "int xc" "int yc" "int a" "int b" "byte color" .Ft VGLBitmap * .Fn VGLBitmapCreate "int type" "int xsize" "int ysize" "byte *bits" @@ -113,25 +113,25 @@ .Fn VGLBitmapDestroy "VGLBitmap *object" .Ft int .Fn VGLBitmapAllocateBits "VGLBitmap *object" -.Ft int +.Ft int .Fn VGLBitmapCopy "VGLBitmap *src" "int srcx" "int srcy" "VGLBitmap *dst" "int dstx" "int dsty" "int width" "int hight" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLBitmapPutChar "VGLBitmap *Object" "int x" "int y" "byte ch" "byte fgcol" "byte bgcol" "int fill" "int dir" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLBitmapString "VGLBitmap *Object" "int x" "int y" "char *str" "byte fgcol" "byte bgcol" "int fill" "int dir" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLClear "VGLBitmap *object" "byte color" .Ft void .Fn VGLSetPalette "byte *red" "byte *green" "byte *blue" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLSetPaletteIndex "byte color" "byte red" "byte green" "byte blue" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLSetBorder "byte color" .Ft int .Fn VGLSetVScreenSize "VGLBitmap *object" "int vxsize" "int vysize" .Ft int .Fn VGLPanScreen "VGLBitmap *object" "int x" "int y" -.Ft void +.Ft void .Fn VGLBlankDisplay "int blank" .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm Libvgl @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ mouse via the standard mouse system in see .Xr mouse 4 , including the ability to transparently have a mouse pointer superimposed on -the graphic image currently being worked on. +the graphic image currently being worked on. The library takes care of screen switching by storing the current image in memory before switching to another virtual console, and restoring when the user switches back. @@ -165,10 +165,10 @@ was called. .Pp .Fn VGLCheckSwitch if the program goes into longer periods of processing without doing -any graphics output, calling this function occasionally will allow +any graphics output, calling this function occasionally will allow the system to switch screens. .Pp -.Fn VGLTextSetFontFile +.Fn VGLTextSetFontFile instruct the char/string functions to use the font in file .Pa filename instead of the builtin font. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ must be .Dv VGL_CODEKEYS , or .Dv VGL_RAWKEYS . -When +When .Dv VGL_XLATEKEYS is specified, the keyboard translate the raw keyboard scan code into a character code. @@ -204,10 +204,10 @@ read one byte from the keyboard. As the keyboard I/O is in the input mode, the function will not block even if there is no input data, and returns 0. .Pp -.Fn VGLMouseInit +.Fn VGLMouseInit initialize the mouse. The optional on-screen mouse pointer is shown if the -argument is +argument is .Dv VGL_MOUSESHOW . .Pp .Fn VGLMouseMode @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ or hides the mouse pointer if the argument is returns the current mouse pointer coordinates and button state in .Va x , y , buttons. -The return value reflects if the mouse pointer +The return value reflects if the mouse pointer is currently shown on screen or not. .Pp .Fn VGLMouseSetImage @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ argument to .Va color byte value. .Pp -.Fn VGLLine +.Fn VGLLine draw a line from .Va x1 , y1 to @@ -270,29 +270,29 @@ and lower right hand corner at in color .Va color . .Pp -.Fn VGLEllipse -draw an ellipse centered at +.Fn VGLEllipse +draw an ellipse centered at .Va xc , yc -make it +make it .Va a -pixels wide, and +pixels wide, and .Va b pixels high in color .Va color . .Pp .Fn VGLFilledEllipse -draw a filled (solid) ellipse centered at +draw a filled (solid) ellipse centered at .Va xc , yc -make it +make it .Va a -pixels wide, and +pixels wide, and .Va b pixels high in color .Va color . .Pp .Fn VGLBitmapCreate -create a bitmap object and initialize it with the specified -values and bit data. +create a bitmap object and initialize it with the specified +values and bit data. .Va type must be .Dv MEMBUF @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ for the in-memory bitmap. .Va bits may be NULL so that bitmap data may be associated later. .Pp -There also is a macro, +There also is a macro, .Fn VGLBITMAP_INITIALIZER "type" "xsize" "ysize" "bits" to initialize a statically declared bitmap object. .Pp @@ -313,11 +313,11 @@ allocate a bit data buffer for the specified object. .Fn VGLBitmapCopy copy a rectangle of pixels from bitmap .Va src -upper left hand corner at +upper left hand corner at .Va srcx , srcy to bitmap .Va dst -at +at .Va dstx , dsty of the size .Va width , height . @@ -327,9 +327,9 @@ write the character .Va ch at position .Va x , y -in foreground color +in foreground color .Va fgcol . -If +If .Va fill is != 0, use the color .Va bgcol @@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ write the string .Va str at position .Va x , y -in foreground color +in foreground color .Va fgcol . -If +If .Va fill is != 0, use the color .Va bgcol @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ this function sets the palette used, the arguments should point to byte arrays of 256 positions each. .Pp .Fn VGLSetPaletteIndex -set the palette index +set the palette index .Va color to the specified RGB value. .Pp @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ set the border color to color .Pp .Fn VGLSetVScreenSize change the virtual screen size of the display. Note that this -function must be called when our vty is in the foreground. +function must be called when our vty is in the foreground. And .Va object must be @@ -382,11 +382,11 @@ Passing a in-memory bitmap to this function results in error. The desired virtual screen width may not be achievable because of the video card hardware. In such case the video driver (and underlaying video BIOS) may choose the next largest values. -Always examine -.Va object->VXsize -and -.Va VYsize -after calling this function, in order to see how the virtual screen +Always examine +.Va object->VXsize +and +.Va VYsize +after calling this function, in order to see how the virtual screen is actually set up. .Pp In order to set up the largest possible virtual screen, you may @@ -396,8 +396,8 @@ call this function with arbitrary large values. .Pp .Fn VGLPanSreen change the origin of the displayed screen in the virtual screen. -Note that this function must be called when our vty is in the -foreground. +Note that this function must be called when our vty is in the +foreground. .Va object must be .Va VGLDisplay . @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ the user should first see when it's done. .Sh AUTHORS .An S\(/oren Schmidt Aq sos@FreeBSD.org .Sh HISTORY -The +The .Nm vgl library appeared in .Fx 3.0 . diff --git a/lib/libz/zlib.3 b/lib/libz/zlib.3 index 7ecaf6d..1c29509 100644 --- a/lib/libz/zlib.3 +++ b/lib/libz/zlib.3 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The zlib home page is: http://www.cdrom.com/pub/infozip/zlib/ .LP The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFC -(Request for Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files: +(Request for Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files: .IP ftp://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1950.txt (zlib format) .br diff --git a/lib/msun/man/acos.3 b/lib/msun/man/acos.3 index 2776bbe..582e1c0 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/acos.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/acos.3 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ A domain error occurs for arguments not in the range [-1, +1]. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see .Xr math 3 . .Sh RETURN VALUES -The +The .Fn acos and the .Fn acosf diff --git a/lib/msun/man/acosh.3 b/lib/msun/man/acosh.3 index 0b4961f..1b423ab 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/acosh.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/acosh.3 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn acosh -and the +and the .Fn acoshf functions compute the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the real @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see .Sh RETURN VALUES The .Fn acosh -and the +and the .Fn acoshf functions return the inverse hyperbolic cosine of @@ -84,5 +84,5 @@ causes a reserved operand fault. .Sh HISTORY The .Fn acosh -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/msun/man/asin.3 b/lib/msun/man/asin.3 index 8b26bd2..6515fbd 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/asin.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/asin.3 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn asin -and the +and the .Fn asinf functions compute the principal value of the arc sine of .Fa x . @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see .Sh RETURN VALUES The .Fn asin -and the +and the .Fn asinf functions return the arc sine in the range .Bk -words @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ a reserved operand fault generated. .Xr atan2 3 , .Xr cos 3 , .Xr cosh 3 , -.Xr math 3 , +.Xr math 3 , .Xr sin 3 , .Xr sinh 3 , .Xr tan 3 , diff --git a/lib/msun/man/asinh.3 b/lib/msun/man/asinh.3 index 00e4313..09450f9 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/asinh.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/asinh.3 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn asinh -and the +and the .Fn asinhf functions compute the inverse hyperbolic sine of the real @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see .Sh RETURN VALUES The .Fn asinh -and the +and the .Fn asinhf functions return the inverse hyperbolic sine of @@ -72,5 +72,5 @@ return the inverse hyperbolic sine of .Sh HISTORY The .Fn asinh -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/msun/man/atan.3 b/lib/msun/man/atan.3 index c5e360d..4c6fd64 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/atan.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/atan.3 @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see .Sh RETURN VALUES The .Fn atan -and the +and the .Fn atanf function returns the arc tangent in the range .Bk -words diff --git a/lib/msun/man/atan2.3 b/lib/msun/man/atan2.3 index 457ab08..0c124e7 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/atan2.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/atan2.3 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ The and the .Fn atan2f functions, if successful, -return the arc tangent of +return the arc tangent of .Fa y/ Ns Ar x in the range .Bk -words diff --git a/lib/msun/man/atanh.3 b/lib/msun/man/atanh.3 index 95cea4d..bff082b 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/atanh.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/atanh.3 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn atanh -and the +and the .Fn atanhf functions compute the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the real @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see .Sh RETURN VALUES The .Fn atanh -and the +and the .Fn atanhf functions return the inverse hyperbolic tangent of diff --git a/lib/msun/man/cos.3 b/lib/msun/man/cos.3 index 32a3762..bd1b313 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/cos.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/cos.3 @@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ and the functions compute the cosine of .Fa x (measured in radians). -A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no +A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see .Xr math 3 . .Sh RETURN VALUES The .Fn cos -and the +and the .Fn cosf functions return the cosine value. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/lib/msun/man/cosh.3 b/lib/msun/man/cosh.3 index 4c9d9b3..7646772 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/cosh.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/cosh.3 @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Fn cosh -and the +and the .Fn coshf functions compute the hyperbolic cosine of .Fa x . @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ of is too large; in this event, the global variable .Va errno is set to -.Er ERANGE . +.Er ERANGE . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr acos 3 , .Xr asin 3 , diff --git a/lib/msun/man/erf.3 b/lib/msun/man/erf.3 index ba66892..6157fd8 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/erf.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/erf.3 @@ -57,20 +57,20 @@ These functions calculate the error function of .Pp The .Fn erf -and the +and the .Fn erff functions calculate the error function of x; where .Bd -ragged -offset indent .if n \{\ erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)\(**\|integral from 0 to x of exp(\-t\(**t) dt. \} .if t \{\ -erf\|(x) := +erf\|(x) := (2/\(sr\(*p)\|\(is\d\s8\z0\s10\u\u\s8x\s10\d\|exp(\-t\u\s82\s10\d)\|dt. \} .Ed .Pp The .Fn erfc -and the +and the .Fn erfcf functions calculate the complementary error function of .Fa x ; diff --git a/lib/msun/man/exp.3 b/lib/msun/man/exp.3 index 2ebaeb2..7885eed 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/exp.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/exp.3 @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ functions compute the exponential value of the given argument .Pp The .Fn expm1 -and the +and the .Fn expm1f functions compute the value exp(x)\-1 accurately even for tiny argument .Fa x . @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ The .Fn log and the .Fn logf -functions compute the value of the natural logarithm of argument +functions compute the value of the natural logarithm of argument .Fa x . .Pp The @@ -131,12 +131,12 @@ to the exponent .Fn log x , .Fn expm1 x and -.Fn log1p x -are accurate to within +.Fn log1p x +are accurate to within an .Em ulp , and -.Fn log10 x +.Fn log10 x to within about 2 .Em ulps ; an @@ -268,10 +268,10 @@ infinite or \*(Na) before computing x**0 cannot care whether 0**0 = 1 or not. Any program that depends upon 0**0 to be invalid is dubious anyway since that -expression's meaning and, if invalid, its consequences +expression's meaning and, if invalid, its consequences vary from one computer system to another. .It -Some Algebra texts (e.g. Sigler's) define x**0 = 1 for +Some Algebra texts (e.g. Sigler's) define x**0 = 1 for all x, including x = 0. This is compatible with the convention that accepts a[0] as the value of polynomial @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ The reason for setting 0**0 = 1 anyway is this: If x(z) and y(z) are .Em any functions analytic (expandable -in power series) in z around z = 0, and if there +in power series) in z around z = 0, and if there x(0) = y(0) = 0, then x(z)**y(z) \(-> 1 as z \(-> 0. .Ed .It diff --git a/lib/msun/man/floor.3 b/lib/msun/man/floor.3 index 29d2283..3932383 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/floor.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/floor.3 @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The .Fn floor and the .Fn floorf -function returns the largest integral value +function returns the largest integral value (represented as a double precision number) less than or equal to .Fa x . diff --git a/lib/msun/man/ieee.3 b/lib/msun/man/ieee.3 index c989bda..f0186e2 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/ieee.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/ieee.3 @@ -51,19 +51,19 @@ .Nd functions for IEEE arithmetic .Sh SYNOPSIS .Fd #include -.Ft double +.Ft double .Fn copysign "double x" "double y" -.Ft float +.Ft float .Fn copysignf "float x" "float y" -.Ft int +.Ft int .Fn finite "double x" -.Ft int +.Ft int .Fn finitef "float x" .Ft int .Fn ilogb "double x" .Ft int .Fn ilogbf "float x" -.Ft double +.Ft double .Fn nextafter "double x" "double y" .Ft float .Fn nextafterf "float x" "float y" @@ -71,12 +71,12 @@ .Fn remainder "double x" "double y" .Ft float .Fn remainderf "float x" "float y" -.Ft double +.Ft double .Fn scalbn "double x" "int n" -.Ft float +.Ft float .Fn scalbnf "float x" "int n" .Sh DESCRIPTION -These functions are required or recommended by +These functions are required or recommended by .St -ieee754 . .Pp .Fn copysign @@ -109,18 +109,18 @@ return .Fa x Ns 's exponent .Fa n , in integer format. -.Fn ilogb \*(Pm\*(If -returns +.Fn ilogb \*(Pm\*(If +returns .Dv INT_MAX and .Fn ilogb 0 -returns +returns .Dv INT_MIN . .Pp -.Fn nextafter +.Fn nextafter and .Fn nextafterf -return the next machine representable number from +return the next machine representable number from .Fa x in direction .Fa y . @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ computed by exponent manipulation. .Sh HISTORY The .Nm ieee -functions appeared in +functions appeared in .Bx 4.3 . .Sh STANDARDS .St -ieee754 diff --git a/lib/msun/man/ieee_test.3 b/lib/msun/man/ieee_test.3 index 61b6418..84f78a5 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/ieee_test.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/ieee_test.3 @@ -45,20 +45,20 @@ .Nd IEEE test functions .Sh SYNOPSIS .Fd #include -.Ft double +.Ft double .Fn logb "double x" -.Ft float +.Ft float .Fn logbf "float x" -.Ft double +.Ft double .Fn scalb "double x" "double n" -.Ft float +.Ft float .Fn scalbf "float x" "float n" .Ft double .Fn significand "double x" .Ft float .Fn significandf "float x" .Sh DESCRIPTION -These functions allow users to test conformance to +These functions allow users to test conformance to .St -ieee754 . Their use is not otherwise recommended. .Pp @@ -81,22 +81,22 @@ return .Fa x Ns \(**(2** Ns Fa n ) computed by exponent manipulation. .Pp -.Fn significand x +.Fn significand x and -.Fn significandf x +.Fn significandf x return .Fa sig , -where -.Fa x -:= +where +.Fa x +:= .Fa sig No \(** 2** Ns Fa n -with 1 \(<= +with 1 \(<= .Fa sig < 2. .Fn significand x and .Fn significandf x -are not defined when +are not defined when .Fa x is 0, \*(Pm\*(If, or \*(Na. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/lib/msun/man/j0.3 b/lib/msun/man/j0.3 index e743149..dfd58b7 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/j0.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/j0.3 @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ compute the .Em Bessel function of the second kind for the integer .Em order .Fa n -for the positive +for the positive .Em real value .Fa x . diff --git a/lib/msun/man/lgamma.3 b/lib/msun/man/lgamma.3 index eb3d34b..0b7e31b 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/lgamma.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/lgamma.3 @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ will underflow. .Sh HISTORY The .Fn lgamma -function appeared in +function appeared in .Bx 4.3 . The .Fn gamma diff --git a/lib/msun/man/math.3 b/lib/msun/man/math.3 index d0633e5..73e8d7b 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/math.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/math.3 @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Declarations for these functions may be obtained from the include file .SH "LIST OF FUNCTIONS" Each of the following double functions has a float counterpart with the name ending in f, as an example the float counterpart of double acos(double -x) is float acosf(float x). +x) is float acosf(float x). .sp 2 .nf .ta \w'copysign'u+2n +\w'infnan.3m'u+10n +\w'inverse trigonometric func'u @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ correctly through multiplication and division, and .If (finite)/\(+- \0=\0\(+-0 (nonzero)/0 = .If \(+- . -But +But .if n \ Infinity\-Infinity, Infinity\(**0 and Infinity/Infinity .if t \ @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ listed below in declining order of probable importance. .ta \w'Invalid Operation'u+6n +\w'Gradual Underflow'u+2n Exception Default Result .tc \(ru - + .tc Invalid Operation \*(nn, or FALSE .if n \{\ diff --git a/lib/msun/man/rint.3 b/lib/msun/man/rint.3 index c8e320d..d4b7aeb 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/rint.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/rint.3 @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The .Fn rint and the .Fn rintf -functions return the integral value (represented as a double or float +functions return the integral value (represented as a double or float precision number) nearest to .Fa x according to the prevailing rounding mode. diff --git a/lib/msun/man/sinh.3 b/lib/msun/man/sinh.3 index c7921c9..78995a0 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/sinh.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/sinh.3 @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The and the .Fn sinhf functions return the hyperbolic sine value unless -the magnitude +the magnitude of .Fa x is too large; in this event, the global variable diff --git a/lib/msun/man/tanh.3 b/lib/msun/man/tanh.3 index 4659366..e17ed38 100644 --- a/lib/msun/man/tanh.3 +++ b/lib/msun/man/tanh.3 @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see .Sh RETURN VALUES The .Fn tanh -and the +and the .Fn tanhf functions return the hyperbolic tangent value. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/libexec/bootpd/bootpd.8 b/libexec/bootpd/bootpd.8 index 82c7b40..b06b4f6 100644 --- a/libexec/bootpd/bootpd.8 +++ b/libexec/bootpd/bootpd.8 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ .Oc .Nm bootpgw .Op Fl i -.Op Fl s +.Op Fl s .Op Fl t Ar timeout .Op Fl d Ar level .Ar server @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ it does not read a configuration file. .Pp Either program automatically detects whether it was invoked from inetd or from a shell and automatically selects the appropriate mode. -The +The .Fl s or .Fl i diff --git a/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8 b/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8 index 30d09d0..f4cd685 100644 --- a/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8 +++ b/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ closes its connections as soon as the output is finished. .Pp If the line is null (i.e. just a .Aq Tn CRLF -is sent) then +is sent) then .Xr finger returns a .Dq default @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Use an alternate program as the local information provider. The default local program executed by .Nm -is +is .Xr finger 1 . By specifying a customized local server, this option allows a system manager diff --git a/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 b/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 index 8af58f2..dd32934 100644 --- a/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 +++ b/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Available options: .It Fl d Debugging information is written to the syslog using LOG_FTP. .It Fl l -Each successful and failed +Each successful and failed .Xr ftp 1 session is logged using syslog with a facility of LOG_FTP. If this option is specified twice, the retrieve (get), store (put), append, @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ will revert to historical behavior with regard to security checks on user operations and restrictions on PORT requests. Currently, .Nm -will only honor PORT commands directed to unprivileged ports on the +will only honor PORT commands directed to unprivileged ports on the remote user's host (which violates the FTP protocol specification but closes some security holes). .It Fl S @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ If the file .Pa /etc/ftpwelcome exists, .Nm -prints it before issuing the +prints it before issuing the .Dq ready message. If the file @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ in the anonymous user's case. .Pp The ftp server currently supports the following ftp requests. The case of the requests is ignored. Requests marked [RW] are -disabled if +disabled if .Fl r is specified. .Bl -column "Request" -offset indent @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ This allows users to utilize the metacharacters .Dq Li \&*?[]{}~ . .Pp .Nm Ftpd -authenticates users according to six rules. +authenticates users according to six rules. .Pp .Bl -enum -offset indent .It @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Entries in this file interpreted as group names are prefixed by an "at" .Ql \&@ sign. .It -The user must have a standard shell returned by +The user must have a standard shell returned by .Xr getusershell 3 . .It If the user name appears in the file @@ -344,10 +344,10 @@ When the option is set, all transfers are logged as well. .El .Pp -In the last case, +In the last case, .Nm takes special measures to restrict the client's access privileges. -The server performs a +The server performs a .Xr chroot 2 to the home directory of the .Dq ftp @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ The files pwd.db (see .Xr passwd 5 ) and .Xr group 5 -must be present for the +must be present for the .Xr ls command to be able to produce owner names rather than numbers. The password field in @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ It defaults to .Pa /etc/ftpmotd . .El .Pp -Lines beginning with a '#' are ignored and can be used to include +Lines beginning with a '#' are ignored and can be used to include comments. .Pp Defining a virtual host for the primary IP address or hostname diff --git a/libexec/getNAME/getNAME.1 b/libexec/getNAME/getNAME.1 index 0c65f15..a6de373 100644 --- a/libexec/getNAME/getNAME.1 +++ b/libexec/getNAME/getNAME.1 @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm -utility +utility get name sections from manual pages. Without options -.Nm +.Nm building .Xr apropos 1 database entries. diff --git a/libexec/getty/getty.8 b/libexec/getty/getty.8 index 3418ca7..fe9d879 100644 --- a/libexec/getty/getty.8 +++ b/libexec/getty/getty.8 @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ .Nd set terminal mode .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm -.Oo +.Oo .Ar type .Op Ar tty .Oc diff --git a/libexec/getty/ttys.5 b/libexec/getty/ttys.5 index b4a5219..3f00428 100644 --- a/libexec/getty/ttys.5 +++ b/libexec/getty/ttys.5 @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ and control the use of terminal special files. This information is read with the .Xr getttyent 3 library routines. -There is one line in the +There is one line in the .Nm file per special device file. Fields are separated by tabs and/or spaces. diff --git a/libexec/pppoed/pppoed.8 b/libexec/pppoed/pppoed.8 index a1a7cd9..9529675 100644 --- a/libexec/pppoed/pppoed.8 +++ b/libexec/pppoed/pppoed.8 @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ offers service and waits for a .Dv SUCCESS indication from the PPPoE node. On receipt of the SUCCESS indication, -.Nm +.Nm will execute .Pp .D1 Ic exec /usr/sbin/ppp -direct Ar provider @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ does not currently allow node chaining. This may change in the future. .Sh HISTORY The .Nm -program was written by +program was written by .An Brian Somers Aq brian@Awfulhak.org and first appeared in .Fx 3.4 . diff --git a/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8 b/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8 index 66bd406..753c06d 100644 --- a/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8 +++ b/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8 @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ .Op Fl i .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm Rexecd -is the server for the +is the server for the .Xr rexec 3 routine. The server provides remote execution facilities with authentication based on user names and @@ -64,10 +64,10 @@ byte. The resultant string is interpreted as an .Tn ASCII number, base 10. -.It +.It If the number received in step 1 is non-zero, it is interpreted as the port number of a secondary -stream to be used for the +stream to be used for the .Em stderr . A second connection is then created to the specified port on the client's machine. @@ -76,12 +76,12 @@ A NUL terminated user name of at most 16 characters is retrieved on the initial socket. .It A NUL terminated, unencrypted password of at most -16 characters is retrieved on the initial socket. +16 characters is retrieved on the initial socket. .It A NUL terminated command to be passed to a shell is retrieved on the initial socket. The length of the command is limited by the upper bound on the size of -the system's argument list. +the system's argument list. .It .Nm Rexecd then validates the user as is done at login time @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ No password file entry for the user name existed. .It Sy Password incorrect. The wrong password was supplied. .It Sy \&No remote directory. -The +The .Xr chdir command to the home directory failed. .It Sy Try again. diff --git a/libexec/rlogind/rlogind.8 b/libexec/rlogind/rlogind.8 index cd44748..9f30fd8 100644 --- a/libexec/rlogind/rlogind.8 +++ b/libexec/rlogind/rlogind.8 @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ .Op Fl Daln .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm Rlogind -is the server for the +is the server for the .Xr rlogin 1 program. The server provides a remote login facility with authentication based on privileged port numbers from trusted hosts. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Enable Kerberos authentication. .It Fl v Enable vacuous mode. .It Fl x -Enable +Enable .Tn DES encryption for all data passed via the rlogin session. This may impact response time @@ -112,14 +112,14 @@ verifying that the name and address correspond. Normal authentication is bypassed if the address verification fails. .El .Pp -Once the source port and address have been checked, +Once the source port and address have been checked, .Nm proceeds with the authentication process described in .Xr rshd 8 . -It then allocates a pseudo terminal (see +It then allocates a pseudo terminal (see .Xr pty 4 ) , and manipulates file descriptors so that the slave -half of the pseudo terminal becomes the +half of the pseudo terminal becomes the .Em stdin , .Em stdout , and diff --git a/libexec/rpc.rquotad/rpc.rquotad.8 b/libexec/rpc.rquotad/rpc.rquotad.8 index cbaa4db..9d3c8af 100644 --- a/libexec/rpc.rquotad/rpc.rquotad.8 +++ b/libexec/rpc.rquotad/rpc.rquotad.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1994 Theo de Raadt .\" All rights reserved. .\" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ .Dt RPC.RQUOTAD 8 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm rpc.rquotad -.Nd remote quota server +.Nm rpc.rquotad +.Nd remote quota server .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad .Sh DESCRIPTION @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ is a .Xr rpc 3 server which returns quotas for a user of a local filesystem -which is NFS-mounted onto a remote machine. +which is NFS-mounted onto a remote machine. .Xr Quota 1 uses the results to display user quotas for remote filesystems. .Nm Rpc.rquotad diff --git a/libexec/rpc.rstatd/rpc.rstatd.8 b/libexec/rpc.rstatd/rpc.rstatd.8 index dac9694..ade5bbd 100644 --- a/libexec/rpc.rstatd/rpc.rstatd.8 +++ b/libexec/rpc.rstatd/rpc.rstatd.8 @@ -37,14 +37,14 @@ .Dt RPC.RSTATD 8 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm rpc.rstatd +.Nm rpc.rstatd .Nd kernel statistics server .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm /usr/libexec/rpc.rstatd .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm Rpc.rstatd is a server which returns performance statistics obtained from the kernel. -These statistics are read using the +These statistics are read using the .Xr rup 1 command. The @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ daemon is normally invoked by .Nm Rpc.rstatd uses an .Tn RPC -protocol defined in +protocol defined in .Pa /usr/include/rpcsvc/rstat.x . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr rup 1 , diff --git a/libexec/rpc.rusersd/rpc.rusersd.8 b/libexec/rpc.rusersd/rpc.rusersd.8 index 6c35a8f..e5bbe2f 100644 --- a/libexec/rpc.rusersd/rpc.rusersd.8 +++ b/libexec/rpc.rusersd/rpc.rusersd.8 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ .Dt RPC.RUSERSD 8 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm rpc.rusersd +.Nm rpc.rusersd .Nd logged in users server .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm /usr/libexec/rpc.rusersd @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ daemon is normally invoked by .Nm Rpc.rusersd uses an .Tn RPC -protocol defined in +protocol defined in .Pa /usr/include/rpcsvc/rnusers.x . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr rusers 1 , diff --git a/libexec/rpc.rwalld/rpc.rwalld.8 b/libexec/rpc.rwalld/rpc.rwalld.8 index 94f4e95..6846e2e 100644 --- a/libexec/rpc.rwalld/rpc.rwalld.8 +++ b/libexec/rpc.rwalld/rpc.rwalld.8 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ .Dt RPC.RWALLD 8 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm rpc.rwalld +.Nm rpc.rwalld .Nd write messages to users currently logged in server .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm /usr/libexec/rpc.rwalld @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ .Nm Rpc.rwalld is a server which will send a message to users currently logged in to the system. This server -invokes the +invokes the .Xr wall 1 command to actually write the messages to the system. @@ -60,18 +60,18 @@ is not invoked by .Xr inetd 8 . .El .Pp -Messages are sent to this server by the +Messages are sent to this server by the .Xr rwall 1 command. The .Nm -daemon is normally invoked by +daemon is normally invoked by .Xr inetd 8 . .Pp .Nm Rpc.rwalld uses an .Tn RPC -protocol defined in +protocol defined in .Pa /usr/include/rpcsvc/rwall.x . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr rwall 1 , diff --git a/libexec/rpc.sprayd/rpc.sprayd.8 b/libexec/rpc.sprayd/rpc.sprayd.8 index 566c7e3..5ca9d88 100644 --- a/libexec/rpc.sprayd/rpc.sprayd.8 +++ b/libexec/rpc.sprayd/rpc.sprayd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" +.\" .\" Copyright (c) 1994 Christos Zoulas .\" All rights reserved. .\" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ .Dt RPC.SPRAYD 8 .Os .Sh NAME -.Nm rpc.sprayd +.Nm rpc.sprayd .Nd spray server .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm /usr/libexec/rpc.sprayd @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ daemon is normally invoked by .Nm Rpc.sprayd uses an .Tn RPC -protocol defined in +protocol defined in .Pa /usr/include/rpcsvc/spray.x . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr spray 8 diff --git a/libexec/rshd/rshd.8 b/libexec/rshd/rshd.8 index 622633d..81eac4f 100644 --- a/libexec/rshd/rshd.8 +++ b/libexec/rshd/rshd.8 @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ The .Nm server -is the server for the +is the server for the .Xr rcmd 3 routine and, consequently, for the .Xr rsh 1 @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ number, base 10. .It If the number received in step 2 is non-zero, it is interpreted as the port number of a secondary -stream to be used for the +stream to be used for the .Em stderr . A second connection is then created to the specified port on the client's machine. The source port of this @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ machine. A null terminated command to be passed to a shell is retrieved on the initial socket. The length of the command is limited by the upper bound on the size of -the system's argument list. +the system's argument list. .It .Nm Rshd then validates the user using @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ from doing any validation based on the user's file, unless the user is the superuser. .It -If the file +If the file .Pa /var/run/nologin exists and the user is not the superuser, the connection is closed. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ list (as configured into the system). No password file entry for the user name existed or the authentication procedure described above failed. .It Sy Remote directory. -The +The .Xr chdir 2 function to the home directory failed. .It Sy Logins not available right now. @@ -206,10 +206,10 @@ was attempted outside the allowed hours defined in .Pa /etc/login.conf for the local user's login class. .It Sy Can't make pipe. -The pipe needed for the +The pipe needed for the .Em stderr , wasn't created. -.It Sy Can't fork; try again. +.It Sy Can't fork; try again. A .Xr fork 2 by the server failed. diff --git a/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8 b/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8 index 173dbef..d6fcae9 100644 --- a/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8 +++ b/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8 @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ option may be used to start up .Nm manually, instead of through .Xr inetd 8 . -If started up this way, +If started up this way, .Ar port may be specified to run .Nm @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ to print out debugging information to the connection, allowing the user to see what .Nm is doing. -There are several possible values for +There are several possible values for .Ar debugmode : .Bl -tag -width exercise .It Cm options @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Print information about the negotiation of .Tn TELNET options. .It Cm report -Print the +Print the .Cm options information, plus some additional information about what processing is going on. @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ a specific authentication type without having to recompile operates by allocating a pseudo-terminal device (see .Xr pty 4 ) for a client, then creating a login process which has -the slave side of the pseudo-terminal as +the slave side of the pseudo-terminal as .Dv stdin , .Dv stdout and @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ between the remote client and the login process. .Pp When a .Tn TELNET -session is started up, +session is started up, .Nm sends .Tn TELNET diff --git a/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8 b/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8 index f6116da..ef8be4a 100644 --- a/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8 +++ b/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8 @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ The server is normally started by The use of .Xr tftp 1 does not require an account or password on the remote system. -Due to the lack of authentication information, +Due to the lack of authentication information, .Nm will allow only publicly readable files to be accessed. @@ -86,12 +86,12 @@ as server program arguments in .Pa /etc/inetd.conf . In this case access is restricted to files whose names are prefixed by the one of the given directories. -The given directories are also treated as a search path for +The given directories are also treated as a search path for relative filename requests. .Pp -The +The .Fl s -option provides additional security by changing +option provides additional security by changing .Nm Ns No 's root directory, thereby prohibiting accesses outside of the specified .Ar directory . @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ The .Fl s option is required for .Fl c -and the specified +and the specified .Ar directory is used as a base. .It Fl C @@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ except it falls back to if a directory does not exist for the client's IP. .It Fl l Log all requests using -.Xr syslog 3 -with the facility of +.Xr syslog 3 +with the facility of .Dv LOG_FTP . Note: Logging of .Dv LOG_FTP diff --git a/libexec/xtend/xtend.8 b/libexec/xtend/xtend.8 index 38527e9..75f23b3 100644 --- a/libexec/xtend/xtend.8 +++ b/libexec/xtend/xtend.8 @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ is issued, otherwise a single-line response containing .Sy ERROR is produced. .It Ic dump -causes +causes .Nm to dump the current status of all devices to an .Tn ASCII diff --git a/sbin/atm/atm/atm.8 b/sbin/atm/atm/atm.8 index 6776405..3988daa 100644 --- a/sbin/atm/atm/atm.8 +++ b/sbin/atm/atm/atm.8 @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ IP management subcommands: [] .ti -5 .B atm set arpserver - | local [ ...] + | local [ ...] .ti -5 .B atm show ARP [] diff --git a/sbin/badsect/badsect.8 b/sbin/badsect/badsect.8 index 5aa4b01..7ac3e72 100644 --- a/sbin/badsect/badsect.8 +++ b/sbin/badsect/badsect.8 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ currently requires the running of the standard formatter. Thus to deal with a newly bad block or on disks where the drivers -do not support the bad-blocking standard +do not support the bad-blocking standard .Nm may be used to good effect. .Pp @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ and run on the file system. The bad sectors should show up in two files or in the bad sector files and the free list. Have .Xr fsck -remove files containing the offending bad sectors, but +remove files containing the offending bad sectors, but .Em do not have it remove the .Pa BAD/ Ns Em nnnnn @@ -103,11 +103,11 @@ works by giving the specified sector numbers in a system call, creating an illegal file whose first block address is the block containing bad sector and whose name is the bad sector number. -When it is discovered by +When it is discovered by .Xr fsck 8 it will ask .Dq Li "HOLD BAD BLOCK \&?" . -A positive response will cause +A positive response will cause .Xr fsck 8 to convert the inode to a regular file containing the bad block. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.5 b/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.5 index fcd4b0d..efd31df 100644 --- a/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.5 +++ b/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.5 @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ A copy of the in-core label for a disk can be obtained with the .Xr ioctl 2 ; this works with a file descriptor for a block or character (``raw'') device for any partition of the disk. -The in-core copy of the label is set by the +The in-core copy of the label is set by the .Dv DIOCSDINFO .Xr ioctl 2 . The offset of a partition cannot generally be changed while it is open, @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ nor can it be made smaller while it is open. One exception is that any change is allowed if no label was found on the disk, and the driver was able to construct only a skeletal label without partition information. -Finally, the +Finally, the .Dv DIOCWDINFO .Xr ioctl 2 operation sets the in-core label and then updates the on-disk label; @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ struct disklabel { u_int16_t d_subtype; /* controller/d_type specific */ char d_typename[16]; /* type name, e.g. "eagle" */ - /* + /* * d_packname contains the pack identifier and is returned when * the disklabel is read off the disk or in-core copy. * d_boot0 and d_boot1 are the (optional) names of the @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ struct dos_partition { unsigned char dp_mid; #define DOSMID_386BSD (0x14|0x80) /* 386bsd|bootable */ unsigned char dp_sid; -#define DOSSID_386BSD (0x44|0x80) /* 386bsd|active */ +#define DOSSID_386BSD (0x44|0x80) /* 386bsd|active */ unsigned char dp_dum1; unsigned char dp_dum2; unsigned char dp_ipl_sct; diff --git a/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.8 b/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.8 index 8c7e69d..8432686 100644 --- a/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.8 +++ b/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.8 @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ is described under each command. .Pp .Ss Disk device name .Pp -All +All .Nm forms require a disk device name, which should always be the raw device name representing the disk or slice. For example @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ will automatically prepend it. .Ss Reading the disk label .Pp To examine or save the label on a disk drive, use -.Nm +.Nm without options: .Pp .Nm @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ if the disk has no label, or the partition types on the disk are incorrect, the kernel may have constructed or modified the label. If the .Fl r -flag is given, +flag is given, .Nm reads the label from the raw disk and displays it. Both versions are usually identical except in the case where a label has not yet been initialized or @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ You should never use this command on a base disk unless you intend to create a .Dq dangerously-dedicated disk, such as .Ar da0 . -This command is typically run on a slice such as +This command is typically run on a slice such as .Ar da0s1 . .Pp .Nm @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ This command is typically run on a slice such as .Pp This form corresponds to the .Dq write label -command described above. +command described above. In addition to writing a new volume label, it also installs the bootstrap. If run on a base disk this command will create a .Dq dangerously-dedicated @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ disklabel that would have been written will be printed to stdout. .Pp This form corresponds to the .Dq restore label -command described above. +command described above. In addition to restoring the volume label, it also installs the bootstrap. If run on a base disk this command will create a .Dq dangerously-dedicated @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Specify the names explicitly with the .Fl b and .Fl s -flags. +flags. .Fl b indicates the primary boot program and .Fl s @@ -427,11 +427,11 @@ If the .Fl b and .Fl s -flags are not specified, but +flags are not specified, but .Ar disktype -was specified, the names of the programs are taken from the +was specified, the names of the programs are taken from the .Dq b0 -and +and .Dq b1 parameters of the .Xr disktab 5 @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ to edit your newly created label, adding appropriate partitions. Finally newfs the filesystem partitions you created in the label. A typical disklabel partitioning scheme would be to have an .Dq a -partition +partition of approximately 128MB to hold the root filesystem, a .Dq b partition for @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ label. The format is: # /dev/da1c: type: SCSI disk: da0s1 -label: +label: flags: bytes/sector: 512 sectors/track: 51 @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ trackskew: 0 cylinderskew: 0 headswitch: 0 # milliseconds track-to-track seek: 0 # milliseconds -drivedata: 0 +drivedata: 0 8 partitions: # size offset fstype [fsize bsize bps/cpg] @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ option when writing a label. .It Nm flags Flags may be .Ar removable , -.Ar ecc +.Ar ecc or .Ar badsect . .Ar removable @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ is set for removable media drives, but no current driver evaluates this flag. .Ar ecc -is no longer supported; +is no longer supported; .Ar badsect specifies that the drive can perform bad sector remapping. .It Nm sectors/unit @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ use. See the definitions starting with .Dv FS_UNUSED in -.Pa /usr/include/sys/disklabel.h +.Pa /usr/include/sys/disklabel.h for more details. .It fsize For @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ cylinder boundary. .Sh EXAMPLES .Dl disklabel da0 .Pp -Display the in-core label for +Display the in-core label for .Pa da0s1 as obtained via .Pa /dev/da0s1 . @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ label. Normally you specify the slice. .Pp .Dl disklabel da0s1 > savedlabel .Pp -Save the in-core label for +Save the in-core label for .Pa da0s1 into the file .Pa savedlabel . @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ flag to restore the label at a later date. .Pp .Dl disklabel -w -r /dev/da0s1 da2212 foo .Pp -Create a label for +Create a label for .Pa da0s1 based on information for .Dq da2212 @@ -713,28 +713,28 @@ Any existing bootstrap code will be clobbered. .Pp .Dl disklabel -e -r da0s1 .Pp -Read the on-disk label for +Read the on-disk label for .Pa da0s1 , edit it and reinstall in-core as well as on-disk. Existing bootstrap code is unaffected. .Pp .Dl disklabel -e -r -n da0s1 .Pp -Read the on-disk label for +Read the on-disk label for .Pa da0s1 , edit it, and display what the new label would be (in sectors). It does NOT install the new label either in-core or on-disk. .Pp .Dl disklabel -r -w da0s1 auto .Pp -Try to auto-detect the required information from +Try to auto-detect the required information from .Pa da0s1 , and write a new label to the disk. Use another disklabel -e command to edit the partitioning and file system information. .Pp .Dl disklabel -R da0s1 savedlabel .Pp -Restore the on-disk and in-core label for +Restore the on-disk and in-core label for .Pa da0s1 from information in .Pa savedlabel . @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ Existing bootstrap code is unaffected. .Pp .Dl disklabel -R -n da0s1 label_layout .Pp -Display what the label would be for +Display what the label would be for .Pa da0s1 using the partition layout in .Pa label_layout . @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ partition sizes. .Pp .Dl disklabel -B da0s1 .Pp -Install a new bootstrap on +Install a new bootstrap on .Pa da0s1 . The boot code comes from .Pa /boot/boot1 @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ which could be used as a source file for # /dev/ad0s1c: type: ESDI disk: ad0s1 -label: +label: flags: bytes/sector: 512 sectors/track: 63 @@ -815,16 +815,16 @@ trackskew: 0 cylinderskew: 0 headswitch: 0 # milliseconds track-to-track seek: 0 # milliseconds -drivedata: 0 +drivedata: 0 8 partitions: # size offset fstype [fsize bsize bps/cpg] a: 400M 0 4.2BSD 4096 16384 75 # (Cyl. 0 - 812*) - b: 1G * swap - c: * * unused - e: 204800 * 4.2BSD - f: 5g * 4.2BSD - g: * * 4.2BSD + b: 1G * swap + c: * * unused + e: 204800 * 4.2BSD + f: 5g * 4.2BSD + g: * * 4.2BSD .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr ccd 4 , @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ drivedata: 0 The kernel device drivers will not allow the size of a disk partition to be decreased or the offset of a partition to be changed while it is open. Some device drivers create a label containing only a single large partition -if a disk is unlabeled; thus, the label must be written to the +if a disk is unlabeled; thus, the label must be written to the .Dq a partition of the disk while it is open. This sometimes requires the desired label to be set in two steps, the first one creating at least one other diff --git a/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8 b/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8 index 7038d2a..4b537a3 100644 --- a/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8 +++ b/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8 @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ .Op device id .Op generic args .Nm -.Ic inquiry +.Ic inquiry .Op device id .Op generic args .Op Fl D @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ that is to be written. If the format is bytes of data will be read from standard input and written to the device. .El .It Ic debug -Turn on CAM debugging printfs in the kernel. This requires options CAMDEBUG +Turn on CAM debugging printfs in the kernel. This requires options CAMDEBUG in your kernel config file. WARNING: enabling debugging printfs currently causes an EXTREME number of kernel printfs. You may have difficulty turning off the debugging printfs once they start, since the kernel will be @@ -607,14 +607,14 @@ variable allows the user to specify an alternate mode page format file. .Pp The .Ev EDITOR -variable determines which text editor +variable determines which text editor .Nm starts when editing mode pages. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /usr/share/misc/scsi_modes -compact .It Pa /usr/share/misc/scsi_modes is the SCSI mode format database. -.It Pa /dev/xpt0 +.It Pa /dev/xpt0 is the transport layer device. .It Pa /dev/pass* are the CAM application passthrough devices. @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ utility and .Xr scsi 3 library, written by Julian Elischer and Peter Dufault. The .Xr scsi 8 -program first appeared in 386BSD 0.1.2.4, and first appeared in +program first appeared in 386BSD 0.1.2.4, and first appeared in .Fx in .Fx 2.0.5 . @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ camcontrol cmd -n da -u 1 -c "00 00 00 00 00 v" 0x00 -v The sense information from the test unit ready command would not get printed out, since the first .Xr getopt 3 -call in +call in .Nm bails out when it sees the second argument to .Fl c diff --git a/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.8 b/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.8 index 6134148..2b77862 100644 --- a/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.8 +++ b/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.8 @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ argument is optional. ccd0 16 none /dev/da2e /dev/da3e .Ed .Pp -The component devices need to name partitions of type +The component devices need to name partitions of type .Li FS_BSDFFS (or .Dq 4.2BSD @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ as shown by .Sh EXAMPLES A number of ccdconfig examples are shown below. The arguments passed to ccdconfig are exactly the same as you might place in the -.Pa /etc/ccd.conf +.Pa /etc/ccd.conf configuration file. The first example creates a 4-disk stripe out of four scsi disk partitions. The stripe uses a 64 sector interleave. The second example is an example of a complex stripe/mirror combination. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ mirror. /dev/da2e is mirrored with /dev/da4e and assigned to ccd0. .Pp When you create a new ccd disk you generally want to .Nm disklabel -it before doing anything else. Once you create the initial label you can +it before doing anything else. Once you create the initial label you can edit it, adding additional partitions. The label itself takes up the first 16 sectors of the ccd disk. If all you are doing is creating filesystems with newfs, you do not have to worry about this as newfs will skip the @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ device list making up the ccd disk, will usually destroy any prior data on that ccd disk. If this occurs it is usually a good idea to reinitialize the label before [re]constructing your ccd disk. .Sh RECOVERY -An error on a ccd disk is usually unrecoverable unless you are using the +An error on a ccd disk is usually unrecoverable unless you are using the mirroring option. But mirroring has its own perils: It assumes that both copies of the data at any given sector are the same. This holds true until a write error occurs or until you replace either side of the mirror. diff --git a/sbin/cxconfig/cxconfig.8 b/sbin/cxconfig/cxconfig.8 index a6701fe..40ebf79 100644 --- a/sbin/cxconfig/cxconfig.8 +++ b/sbin/cxconfig/cxconfig.8 @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ .Op Fl a .Op Ar Op Ar